Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,681 missions · 909 completed

Missions

Open772Completed909All1681
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Non-Strongly-Convex Smooth Stochastic Approximation with Convergence Rate O(1/n): Averaged Constant-Step-Size LMS Has Expected Excess Risk at Most (1/2n)[σ√d/(1−√(γR²)) + R‖θ₀−θ*‖/√(γR²)]²Research Paper

Motivation

Least-squares regression fitted by stochastic gradient descent — the least-mean-square (LMS) algorithm — is the basic large-scale learning procedure: each observation is touched once, at a cost linear in the dimension. Classical analyses of stochastic approximation give the rate O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) for non-strongly-convex objectives, and O(1/(μn))O(1/(\mu n))O(1/(μn)) when the objective is μ\muμ-strongly convex. For least squares, μ\muμ is the smallest eigenvalue of the input covariance, which in high-dimensional problems is close to zero, so the strongly convex rate is often worse than the non-strongly-convex one.

F. Bach and E. Moulines (arXiv:1306.2119, NeurIPS 2013) showed that for the square loss this dichotomy disappears: averaged LMS with a constant step size reaches the rate O(1/n)O(1/n)O(1/n) with no strong-convexity assumption, and with a constant that does not involve the smallest eigenvalue. Averaging of stochastic approximation iterates goes back to Polyak and Juditsky (SIAM J. Control Optim. 1992), whose guarantees are asymptotic and use decreasing step sizes. The proof technique for the expansion of the noise process is adapted from Aguech, Moulines and Priouret (SIAM J. Control Optim. 2000). This mission formalizes the non-asymptotic bound in expectation (Theorem 1 of the paper) and the chain of lemmas of its Appendix A.

Setting

Let H=Rd\mathcal H=\mathbb R^dH=Rd with d≥1d\ge1d≥1, inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For a∈Ha\in\mathcal Ha∈H, a⊗aa\otimes aa⊗a is the operator b↦⟨a,b⟩ab\mapsto\langle a,b\rangle ab↦⟨a,b⟩a. For self-adjoint operators, A≼BA\preccurlyeq BA≼B means that B−AB-AB−A is positive semi-definite.

The data are independent and identically distributed pairs (xn,zn)∈H×H(x_n,z_n)\in\mathcal H\times\mathcal H(xn​,zn​)∈H×H, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with finite second moments. The covariance operator is H=E[xn⊗xn]H=\mathbb E[x_n\otimes x_n]H=E[xn​⊗xn​], assumed invertible (its eigenvalues may be arbitrarily small). The least-squares objective

f(θ)=12 E[⟨θ,xn⟩2−2⟨θ,zn⟩]f(\theta)=\tfrac12\,\mathbb E\big[\langle\theta,x_n\rangle^2-2\langle\theta,z_n\rangle\big]f(θ)=21​E[⟨θ,xn​⟩2−2⟨θ,zn​⟩]

attains its global minimum at θ∗\theta^*θ∗, and ξn=zn−⟨θ∗,xn⟩xn\xi_n=z_n-\langle\theta^*,x_n\rangle x_nξn​=zn​−⟨θ∗,xn​⟩xn​ is the residual. The model need not be well specified: E[ξn∣xn]\mathbb E[\xi_n\mid x_n]E[ξn​∣xn​] need not vanish. Two constants R,σ>0R,\sigma>0R,σ>0 satisfy

E[ξn⊗ξn]≼σ2H,E[∥xn∥2xn⊗xn]≼R2H.\mathbb E[\xi_n\otimes\xi_n]\preccurlyeq\sigma^2H,\qquad \mathbb E\big[\|x_n\|^2x_n\otimes x_n\big]\preccurlyeq R^2H .E[ξn​⊗ξn​]≼σ2H,E[∥xn​∥2xn​⊗xn​]≼R2H.

These are assumptions (A1)–(A6) of §2.1. The LMS recursion with constant step size γ\gammaγ, started at θ0∈H\theta_0\in\mathcal Hθ0​∈H, is

θn=θn−1−γ(⟨θn−1,xn⟩xn−zn)=(I−γxn⊗xn)θn−1+γzn,\theta_n=\theta_{n-1}-\gamma\big(\langle\theta_{n-1},x_n\rangle x_n-z_n\big)=(I-\gamma x_n\otimes x_n)\theta_{n-1}+\gamma z_n ,θn​=θn−1​−γ(⟨θn−1​,xn​⟩xn​−zn​)=(I−γxn​⊗xn​)θn−1​+γzn​,

and its average is θˉn−1=n−1∑k=0n−1θk\bar\theta_{n-1}=n^{-1}\sum_{k=0}^{n-1}\theta_kθˉn−1​=n−1∑k=0n−1​θk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1, Eq. (2)

For every step size 0<γ<1/R20<\gamma<1/R^20<γ<1/R2 and every n≥1n\ge1n≥1,

E[f(θˉn−1)−f(θ∗)]≤12n[σd1−γR2+R∥θ0−θ∗∥1γR2]2.\mathbb E\big[f(\bar\theta_{n-1})-f(\theta^*)\big]\le\frac{1}{2n}\left[\frac{\sigma\sqrt d}{1-\sqrt{\gamma R^2}}+R\|\theta_0-\theta^*\|\frac{1}{\sqrt{\gamma R^2}}\right]^2 .E[f(θˉn−1​)−f(θ∗)]≤2n1​[1−γR2​σd​​+R∥θ0​−θ∗∥γR2​1​]2.

The constants are the paper's. A companion item states the case γ=1/(4R2)\gamma=1/(4R^2)γ=1/(4R2), where the bound reads 2n[σd+R∥θ0−θ∗∥]2\frac2n\big[\sigma\sqrt d+R\|\theta_0-\theta^*\|\big]^2n2​[σd​+R∥θ0​−θ∗∥]2.

Milestones (Appendix A)

  1. The excess risk is a quadratic form: f(θ)−f(θ∗)=12⟨θ−θ∗,H(θ−θ∗)⟩f(\theta)-f(\theta^*)=\tfrac12\langle\theta-\theta^*,H(\theta-\theta^*)\ranglef(θ)−f(θ∗)=21​⟨θ−θ∗,H(θ−θ∗)⟩.
  2. Consequences of (A6): E∥xn∥2≤R2\mathbb E\|x_n\|^2\le R^2E∥xn​∥2≤R2, tr⁡H≤R2\operatorname{tr}H\le R^2trH≤R2, H≼R2IH\preccurlyeq R^2IH≼R2I, and γH≼I\gamma H\preccurlyeq IγH≼I for γ≤1/R2\gamma\le1/R^2γ≤1/R2.
  3. Lemma 1: for a recursion αn=(I−γxn⊗xn)αn−1+γξn\alpha_n=(I-\gamma x_n\otimes x_n)\alpha_{n-1}+\gamma\xi_nαn​=(I−γxn​⊗xn​)αn−1​+γξn​ with martingale-difference noise and γR2≤1\gamma R^2\le1γR2≤1,
(1−γR2) E⟨αˉn−1,Hαˉn−1⟩+12nγE∥αn∥2≤12nγ∥α0∥2+γn∑k=1nE∥ξk∥2.(1-\gamma R^2)\,\mathbb E\langle\bar\alpha_{n-1},H\bar\alpha_{n-1}\rangle+\tfrac{1}{2n\gamma}\mathbb E\|\alpha_n\|^2\le\tfrac{1}{2n\gamma}\|\alpha_0\|^2+\tfrac{\gamma}{n}\textstyle\sum_{k=1}^{n}\mathbb E\|\xi_k\|^2 .(1−γR2)E⟨αˉn−1​,Hαˉn−1​⟩+2nγ1​E∥αn​∥2≤2nγ1​∥α0​∥2+nγ​∑k=1n​E∥ξk​∥2.
  1. Lemma 3: (1−(1−u)n)2≤nu(1-(1-u)^n)^2\le nu(1−(1−u)n)2≤nu for u∈[0,1]u\in[0,1]u∈[0,1] and n>0n>0n>0.
  2. Lemma 2: for αn=(I−γH)αn−1+γξn\alpha_n=(I-\gamma H)\alpha_{n-1}+\gamma\xi_nαn​=(I−γH)αn−1​+γξn​ with E[ξn⊗ξn]≼C\mathbb E[\xi_n\otimes\xi_n]\preccurlyeq CE[ξn​⊗ξn​]≼C, the second-moment bound (13) and
E⟨αˉn−1,Hαˉn−1⟩≤1nγ∥α0∥2+1ntr⁡(CH−1).\mathbb E\langle\bar\alpha_{n-1},H\bar\alpha_{n-1}\rangle\le\tfrac{1}{n\gamma}\|\alpha_0\|^2+\tfrac1n\operatorname{tr}(CH^{-1}).E⟨αˉn−1​,Hαˉn−1​⟩≤nγ1​∥α0​∥2+n1​tr(CH−1).
  1. The pathwise decomposition θn−θ∗=M1n(θ0−θ∗)+γ∑k=1nMk+1nξk\theta_n-\theta^*=M^n_1(\theta_0-\theta^*)+\gamma\sum_{k=1}^nM^n_{k+1}\xi_kθn​−θ∗=M1n​(θ0​−θ∗)+γ∑k=1n​Mk+1n​ξk​ (A.2).
  2. The initial-condition bound E⟨ηˉn−1,Hηˉn−1⟩≤∥η0∥2/(nγ)\mathbb E\langle\bar\eta_{n-1},H\bar\eta_{n-1}\rangle\le\|\eta_0\|^2/(n\gamma)E⟨ηˉ​n−1​,Hηˉ​n−1​⟩≤∥η0​∥2/(nγ) for the noise-free process (A.3).
  3. The expansion of the noise process (A.4): the remainder recursion (16), the covariance bound (17) E[ηn−1r⊗ηn−1r]≼γr+1R2rσ2I\mathbb E[\eta^r_{n-1}\otimes\eta^r_{n-1}]\preccurlyeq\gamma^{r+1}R^{2r}\sigma^2IE[ηn−1r​⊗ηn−1r​]≼γr+1R2rσ2I, the order-rrr bound 1nγrR2rdσ2\frac1n\gamma^rR^{2r}d\sigma^2n1​γrR2rdσ2, the remainder bound γr+2σ2R2r+41−γR2\frac{\gamma^{r+2}\sigma^2R^{2r+4}}{1-\gamma R^2}1−γR2γr+2σ2R2r+4​, and the noise bound
(E⟨ηˉn−1,Hηˉn−1⟩)1/2≤σdn⋅11−γR2(η0=0, γR2<1).\big(\mathbb E\langle\bar\eta_{n-1},H\bar\eta_{n-1}\rangle\big)^{1/2}\le\frac{\sigma\sqrt d}{\sqrt n}\cdot\frac{1}{1-\sqrt{\gamma R^2}}\quad(\eta_0=0,\ \gamma R^2<1).(E⟨ηˉ​n−1​,Hηˉ​n−1​⟩)1/2≤n​σd​​⋅1−γR2​1​(η0​=0, γR2<1).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a finite-sample, dimension-explicit bound with two terms: a variance term σ2d/n\sigma^2d/nσ2d/n, which matches the minimax rate for least-squares regression, and a bias term R2∥θ0−θ∗∥2/(γn)R^2\|\theta_0-\theta^*\|^2/(\gamma n)R2∥θ0​−θ∗∥2/(γn). Neither involves the smallest eigenvalue of HHH, so the guarantee survives ill-conditioning, which is the regime of high-dimensional learning. The bound is the basis for the paper's later results: the high-probability bound (Theorem 2) and the constant-step algorithm for logistic regression (Theorem 3), whose analysis invokes Theorem 1 for the quadratic approximations.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge no part of it has been machine-checked. A formalization yields a reusable layer for linear stochastic approximation in finite dimension: martingale-difference noise in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, second-moment bounds for linear recursions driven by random operators, Loewner-order arguments, and averaging. The lemmas are stated for an abstract filtration and an abstract operator HHH, so they apply beyond this model. The mission also records the corrections the appendix needs (an "===" that should be "≼\preccurlyeq≼" in (13), an index in (16), and the exponent of ∥η0∥\|\eta_0\|∥η0​∥ in A.5).

Difficulty

Two steps resist the naive approach. First, the obvious one-step analysis — expand ∥θn−θ∗∥2\|\theta_n-\theta^*\|^2∥θn​−θ∗∥2 and take expectations — yields the bias part and Lemma 1, but on the noise it gives only γ∑kE∥ξk∥2/n\gamma\sum_k\mathbb E\|\xi_k\|^2/nγ∑k​E∥ξk​∥2/n, which does not decrease with nnn. The σ2d/n\sigma^2d/nσ2d/n rate requires averaging to cancel the noise, and this cancellation is visible only for the recursion with xn⊗xnx_n\otimes x_nxn​⊗xn​ replaced by its mean HHH. The random recursion is therefore expanded in powers of γ\gammaγ around the mean recursion, and each term ηr\eta^rηr needs its own covariance bound, by induction on rrr, using the independence of xnx_nxn​ from ηn−1r\eta^{r}_{n-1}ηn−1r​. Second, the induction relies on Loewner-order bookkeeping: sums of (I−γH)2kH(I-\gamma H)^{2k}H(I−γH)2kH must be bounded uniformly in nnn without dividing by small eigenvalues.

Formalization scope

The space H\mathcal HH is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Operators are continuous linear maps, and H−1H^{-1}H−1 is an explicit two-sided inverse. Observations are indexed from 111. Averages are pˉn−1=n−1∑k=0n−1pk\bar p_{n-1}=n^{-1}\sum_{k=0}^{n-1}p_kpˉ​n−1​=n−1∑k=0n−1​pk​, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 in every statement that uses them. The covariance operator is defined by its bilinear form, ⟨v,Hw⟩=E[⟨x1,v⟩⟨x1,w⟩]\langle v,Hw\rangle=\mathbb E[\langle x_1,v\rangle\langle x_1,w\rangle]⟨v,Hw⟩=E[⟨x1​,v⟩⟨x1​,w⟩]. Every Loewner inequality whose sides are expectations is an inequality of quadratic forms (for example E⟨ξ1,v⟩2≤σ2⟨v,Hv⟩\mathbb E\langle\xi_1,v\rangle^2\le\sigma^2\langle v,Hv\rangleE⟨ξ1​,v⟩2≤σ2⟨v,Hv⟩ for all vvv), which is the same order for self-adjoint operators.

Lean's Bochner integral is 000 on non-integrable functions, so every moment assumption carries the integrability of its integrand, and every bounded expectation in a conclusion is paired with an integrability conjunct. Without these, a heavy-tailed xnx_nxn​ would satisfy (A6) vacuously and a conclusion could hold through the value 000; neither formalization is acceptable. Independence is of the pairs (xn,zn)(x_n,z_n)(xn​,zn​), not of xnx_nxn​ and znz_nzn​ separately. (A4) is attainment of the minimum, not a gradient condition.

The following hypotheses are added to the page and disclosed in each item:

  • γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 (a step size, and γR2\sqrt{\gamma R^2}γR2​ is a denominator);
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1;
  • the positivity and self-adjointness of HHH in Lemma 2;
  • γR2<1\gamma R^2<1γR2<1 instead of ≤1\le1≤1 in the remainder bound, which divides by 1−γR21-\gamma R^21−γR2.

A complete development needs:

  • conditional expectations of Rd\mathbb R^dRd-valued martingale differences, and the orthogonality of their sums;
  • independence of a fresh observation from the past iterates;
  • spectral calculus for (I−γH)k(I-\gamma H)^k(I−γH)k;
  • Minkowski's inequality in L2L^2L2.

All of these are reusable for other stochastic-approximation missions. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for the noise bound that avoid the expansion.

Selected references

  • F. Bach and E. Moulines, Non-strongly-convex smooth stochastic approximation with convergence rate O(1/n), Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 26, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.2119
  • B. T. Polyak and A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of stochastic approximation by averaging, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 30(4), 1992. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
  • R. Aguech, E. Moulines and P. Priouret, On a perturbation approach for the analysis of stochastic tracking algorithms, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 39(3), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012997331639
  • F. Bach and E. Moulines, Non-asymptotic analysis of stochastic approximation algorithms for machine learning, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 24, 2011. https://hal.science/hal-00608041
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Relaxation Method of Finding the Common Point of Convex Sets and Its Application to the Solution of Problems in Convex Programming 4: The Primal-Dual Relaxation Solves the Inequality ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Many large convex programs have far more constraints than can be handled at once, but each constraint on its own is simple: a single linear equation or inequality. Row-action methods exploit this by touching one constraint per iteration. L. M. Bregman's 1967 paper (DOI 10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7) introduced the general framework behind most of them. A strictly convex function fff induces the "distance" D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y)D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-(g(y),x-y)D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y), now called the Bregman distance, and the method moves from point to point by DDD-projections onto one constraint at a time. For f(x)=∥x∥2/2f(x)=\|x\|^2/2f(x)=∥x∥2/2 this reduces to Hildreth's method for quadratic programming; for entropy-type fff it gives the balancing (matrix scaling) methods used for transportation and traffic problems. The later literature on Bregman projections, mirror descent and entropic regularisation starts from this paper.

This mission formalizes the last main result of the paper, Theorem 4 (p. 212), which treats linear inequality constraints. Here a plain projection cycle does not minimize fff. Bregman's fix carries a vector of nonnegative multipliers unu^nun along with the primal point xnx^nxn and lets each step either move towards a violated constraint or relax a multiplier. The result is a primal–dual method.

Timeline. Hildreth (1957) gave the quadratic case. Bregman (1967) proved the general theorem stated here. Censor and Lent (1981) revisited the method for interval constraints under explicit assumptions on Bregman functions (DOI 10.1007/BF00934676).

Setting

Let EpE^pEp be ppp-dimensional Euclidean space and S⊂EpS\subset E^pS⊂Ep a convex set. Let fff be strictly convex on SSS, continuously differentiable over SSS with gradient g(x)g(x)g(x), and continuous over the closure Sˉ\bar SSˉ. Let AAA be an m×pm\times pm×p matrix (m≥1m\ge1m≥1) with nonzero rows A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​, and b∈Emb\in E^mb∈Em. The inequality program (2.11)–(2.13) is

minimize f(x)subject toAx≥b,x∈Sˉ,\text{minimize } f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax\ge b,\quad x\in\bar S,minimize f(x)subject toAx≥b,x∈Sˉ,

with feasible set R={x∣Ax≥b, x∈Sˉ}R=\{x \mid Ax\ge b,\ x\in\bar S\}R={x∣Ax≥b, x∈Sˉ}, assumed nonempty. The Bregman function is D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y)D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-(g(y),x-y)D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y) (1.4). The DDD-projection PiyP_iyPi​y of y∈Sy\in Sy∈S onto the hyperplane Ai={x∣(Ai,x)=bi}A_i=\{x \mid (A_i,x)=b_i\}Ai​={x∣(Ai​,x)=bi​} minimizes D(⋅,y)D(\cdot,y)D(⋅,y) over Ai∩SA_i\cap SAi​∩S. The standing hypotheses ("the conditions of Theorem 3") are that DDD satisfies the abstract conditions I–VI of §1 for these hyperplanes, together with condition (2) of Note 1: yn→y∗∈Sˉy^n\to y^*\in\bar Syn→y∗∈Sˉ implies D(y∗,yn)→0D(y^*,y^n)\to0D(y∗,yn)→0. In addition, DDD-projections of interior points of SSS stay in the interior. Condition V (compact sublevel sets of D(z,⋅)D(z,\cdot)D(z,⋅)) is used for z∈Rz\in Rz∈R.

Write Z0={x∈S∣g(x)=uA for some u≥0}Z_0=\{x\in S \mid g(x)=uA \text{ for some } u\ge0\}Z0​={x∈S∣g(x)=uA for some u≥0}, where uA=∑iuiAiuA=\sum_iu_iA_iuA=∑i​ui​Ai​, and φ(x,u)=f(x)−(u,Ax−b)\varphi(x,u)=f(x)-(u,Ax-b)φ(x,u)=f(x)−(u,Ax−b). A run of the method is a sequence of pairs (xn,un)(x^n,u^n)(xn,un) with x0∈int⁡Sx^0\in\operatorname{int}Sx0∈intS, u0≥0u^0\ge0u0≥0, g(x0)=u0Ag(x^0)=u^0Ag(x0)=u0A, and cyclic indices ini_nin​. Each step with i=ini=i_ni=in​ is one of the following:

  • (a) if (Ai,xn)<bi(A_i,x^n)<b_i(Ai​,xn)<bi​: g(xn+1)=g(xn)+λnAig(x^{n+1})=g(x^n)+\lambda_nA_ig(xn+1)=g(xn)+λn​Ai​, (Ai,xn+1)=bi(A_i,x^{n+1})=b_i(Ai​,xn+1)=bi​, and uiu_iui​ increases by λn\lambda_nλn​;
  • (b) if (Ai,xn)=bi(A_i,x^n)=b_i(Ai​,xn)=bi​, or (Ai,xn)>bi(A_i,x^n)>b_i(Ai​,xn)>bi​ with ui=0u_i=0ui​=0: nothing changes;
  • (c) if (Ai,xn)>bi(A_i,x^n)>b_i(Ai​,xn)>bi​ and ui>0u_i>0ui​>0: g(xn+1)=g(xn)−μnAig(x^{n+1})=g(x^n)-\mu_nA_ig(xn+1)=g(xn)−μn​Ai​ with μn=min⁡(μn′,ui)\mu_n=\min(\mu_n',u_i)μn​=min(μn′​,ui​), where μn′\mu_n'μn′​ is the step that would reach the hyperplane, and uiu_iui​ decreases by μn\mu_nμn​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For every run of the method,

xn→x∗,x∗∈R,f(x∗)=min⁡y∈Rf(y).x^n\to x^*,\qquad x^*\in R,\qquad f(x^*)=\min_{y\in R}f(y).xn→x∗,x∗∈R,f(x∗)=y∈Rmin​f(y).

Milestones (steps 1–4 of the proof)

  1. un≥0u^n\ge0un≥0 and g(xn)=unAg(x^n)=u^nAg(xn)=unA for all nnn (step 1, (2.20)–(2.21)).
  2. φ(xn+1,un+1)−φ(xn,un)≥D(xn+1,xn)\varphi(x^{n+1},u^{n+1})-\varphi(x^n,u^n)\ge D(x^{n+1},x^n)φ(xn+1,un+1)−φ(xn,un)≥D(xn+1,xn) (step 2, (2.22)–(2.24)).
  3. For z∈Rz\in Rz∈R: D(z,xn)≤f(z)−φ(x0,u0)D(z,x^n)\le f(z)-\varphi(x^0,u^0)D(z,xn)≤f(z)−φ(x0,u0) and φ(xn,un)≤f(z)\varphi(x^n,u^n)\le f(z)φ(xn,un)≤f(z) (step 3, (2.25)–(2.26)).
  4. {xn}\{x^n\}{xn} lies in a compact set, and lim⁡φ(xn,un)\lim\varphi(x^n,u^n)limφ(xn,un) exists and is at most f(z)f(z)f(z) for every z∈Rz\in Rz∈R (step 3, (2.27)).
  5. D(xn+1,xn)→0D(x^{n+1},x^n)\to0D(xn+1,xn)→0, and every limiting point of {xn}\{x^n\}{xn} lies in RRR (step 4).

Significance

Theorem 4 says that a method using one constraint per step and only fff's gradient converges to the minimizer of a strictly convex function over a polyhedron intersected with Sˉ\bar SSˉ. Its multipliers unu^nun form a dual sequence. Note 4 of the paper deduces from the theorem that the optimal value equals sup⁡φ(x,u)\sup\varphi(x,u)supφ(x,u) over dual-feasible pairs (g(x)=uAg(x)=uAg(x)=uA, u≥0u\ge0u≥0). The theorem is the convergence statement behind Hildreth's algorithm, behind entropy-based balancing for linear inequality systems, and behind the later "interval convex programming" methods.

The theorem is proved on paper, but no machine-checked proof of it, or of any Bregman-projection row-action method, is known to exist. The formalization adds two things. It makes the paper's standing hypotheses explicit, since several are stated once or left implicit. It also forces a complete argument for the convergence of the whole sequence: the printed proof gets this from condition (2) by an argument that assumes a monotonicity property established in §1 for the pure projection method but not for the primal–dual one. A Lean proof of the goal therefore also supplies a complete proof of the paper's claim.

Difficulty

The standard argument for projection methods uses a Fejér-type property: D(z,xn)D(z,x^n)D(z,xn) decreases for every feasible zzz. That fails here. In case (c) the point moves away from the hyperplane of a satisfied constraint, and D(z,xn)D(z,x^n)D(z,xn) can increase. So any argument has to control primal and dual quantities together. To pass from "every limiting point is feasible" to "the whole sequence converges to an optimal point", complementary slackness has to hold in the limit, and this depends on the cyclic order and on the cap μn≤ui\mu_n\le u_iμn​≤ui​. The naive route, applying the §1 convergence theorems to the hyperplanes AiA_iAi​, does not apply, because the iterates are not DDD-projections onto fixed sets in case (c).

Formalization scope

  • EpE^pEp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); the rows are vectors aia_iai​, and uAuAuA is ∑iuiai\sum_iu_ia_i∑i​ui​ai​. The gradient ggg is explicit data tied to fff by HasGradientWithinAt on SSS. SSS is not assumed open, and fff is continuous on Sˉ\bar SSˉ.
  • The DDD-projections form a fixed map PPP. Condition IV is assumed in the one-sided form the proofs use, which the paper's two-sided IV implies. "Compact" means sequentially compact, which agrees with compact in EpE^pEp. Condition (2) is read with y∗∈Sˉy^*\in\bar Sy∗∈Sˉ.
  • Condition V is assumed for z∈Rz\in Rz∈R, the inequality-feasible set, where the proof applies it. The §1 form (for zzz in the intersection of the hyperplanes) could hold vacuously for an inequality system.
  • Step (a) is encoded by its defining conditions (2.14)–(2.15). Every new point, and the auxiliary point of case (c), lies in SSS. The run starts with u0≥0u^0\ge0u0≥0, and the cyclic control is in=n mod mi_n=n\bmod min​=nmodm over indices 0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1.
  • Translation slips are corrected: the Z0Z_0Z0​ set-builder, which breaks off, is completed; "μn′=uinn\mu_n'=u_{i_n}^nμn′​=uin​n​" is read as μn′′=uinn\mu_n''=u_{i_n}^nμn′′​=uin​n​; "Theorems 1–3" in Theorem 3 means Theorems 1–2.
  • The goal quantifies over every run from every admissible start and asserts convergence of the whole sequence together with optimality of the limit. Neither "some limiting point is optimal" nor a single constructed run is an acceptable substitute. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for example by Hildreth's case f=∥x∥2/2f=\|x\|^2/2f=∥x∥2/2, S=EpS=E^pS=Ep with a run that takes a case (a) step, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Needed infrastructure: Bregman distances of differentiable strictly convex functions on non-open convex sets, the strict monotonicity of the gradient, and subsequence and compactness arguments in EpE^pEp. These are reusable for the companion missions on Theorems 1–3 of the same paper. Contributions are welcome: proofs of the milestones, the full-convergence argument, and the duality statement of Note 4.

Selected references

  • L. M. Bregman, The relaxation method of finding the common point of convex sets and its application to the solution of problems in convex programming, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 7(3) (1967) 200–217. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7
  • C. Hildreth, A quadratic programming procedure, Naval Res. Logist. Quart. 4 (1957) 79–85. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800040113
  • Y. Censor, A. Lent, An iterative row-action method for interval convex programming, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 34 (1981) 321–353. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934676
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning 2: Follow the Perturbed Leader with an ε-Approximate Linear Oracle Has Expected Regret at Most 2√(DRAT) + 2εTResearch Paper

Motivation

Many decision problems are solved repeatedly against data that arrive over time: routing traffic, allocating budgets, choosing portfolios or combinatorial structures. Online linear optimization models this. At each round t=1,…,Tt = 1, \ldots, Tt=1,…,T a learner picks a decision xtx_txt​ from a fixed domain K⊆Rn\mathcal K\subseteq\mathbb R^nK⊆Rn, then a reward vector ftf_tft​ is revealed and the learner earns ft⋅xtf_t\cdot x_tft​⋅xt​. Performance is measured by regret, the gap to the best fixed decision in hindsight. When K\mathcal KK is combinatorial (paths, spanning trees, assignments), the only computationally reasonable access to K\mathcal KK is a procedure that optimizes a linear function over it, and in practice such procedures are often only approximate.

Follow the Perturbed Leader (FPL), introduced by Hannan (1957) and analysed for linear optimization by Kalai and Vempala (JCSS 2005), uses exactly one call to an exact linear optimizer per round and achieves regret O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) over arbitrary, not necessarily convex, domains. Ben-Tal, Hazan, Koren and Mannor (arXiv:1402.6361, Operations Research 2015) needed a version of FPL that works with an additively approximate linear optimizer, as a building block for oracle-based robust optimization with linearly parametrized uncertainty sets. Their §3.3 analyses this variant and proves Theorem 6, the goal of this mission.

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn, a domain K⊆Rn\mathcal K\subseteq\mathbb R^nK⊆Rn (arbitrary: not necessarily convex, closed or bounded) and ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0. An ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate linear optimization procedure over K\mathcal KK is a map Mϵ:Rn→RnM_\epsilon:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nMϵ​:Rn→Rn such that, for every g∈Rng\in\mathbb R^ng∈Rn,

Mϵ(g)∈Kandg⋅Mϵ(g)  ≥  g⋅x−ϵfor all x∈K.M_\epsilon(g)\in\mathcal K \qquad\text{and}\qquad g\cdot M_\epsilon(g)\;\ge\; g\cdot x-\epsilon\quad\text{for all }x\in\mathcal K .Mϵ​(g)∈Kandg⋅Mϵ​(g)≥g⋅x−ϵfor all x∈K.

Reward vectors f1,…,fT∈Rnf_1,\ldots,f_T\in\mathbb R^nf1​,…,fT​∈Rn are fixed in advance (an oblivious adversary). Write f1:t=∑τ=1tfτf_{1:t}=\sum_{\tau=1}^t f_\tauf1:t​=∑τ=1t​fτ​, with f1:0=0f_{1:0}=0f1:0​=0, and ∥v∥1=∑i∣vi∣\|v\|_1=\sum_i|v_i|∥v∥1​=∑i​∣vi​∣.

Follow the Approximate Perturbed Leader with parameter η>0\eta>0η>0 plays at round ttt

xt=Mϵ(f1:t−1+pt),pt uniform on the cube [0,1/η]n.x_t = M_\epsilon\big(f_{1:t-1}+p_t\big),\qquad p_t \text{ uniform on the cube } [0,1/\eta]^n .xt​=Mϵ​(f1:t−1​+pt​),pt​ uniform on the cube [0,1/η]n.

Three scale parameters enter the bound: DDD bounds the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ diameter of K\mathcal KK, ∥x−y∥1≤D\|x-y\|_1\le D∥x−y∥1​≤D for x,y∈Kx,y\in\mathcal Kx,y∈K; AAA bounds ∥ft∥1\|f_t\|_1∥ft​∥1​; and RRR bounds how much each reward varies over the domain, ∣ft⋅x−ft⋅y∣≤R|f_t\cdot x-f_t\cdot y|\le R∣ft​⋅x−ft​⋅y∣≤R for x,y∈Kx,y\in\mathcal Kx,y∈K.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 11)

With η=D/(RAT)\eta=\sqrt{D/(RAT)}η=D/(RAT)​, for every x∗∈Kx^*\in\mathcal Kx∗∈K,

∑t=1Tft⋅x∗−E[∑t=1Tft⋅xt]  ≤  2DRAT+2ϵT.\sum_{t=1}^T f_t\cdot x^* - \mathbf E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T f_t\cdot x_t\Big]\;\le\;2\sqrt{DRAT}+2\epsilon T .t=1∑T​ft​⋅x∗−E[t=1∑T​ft​⋅xt​]≤2DRAT​+2ϵT.

The bound for every η\etaη (proof of Theorem 6, p. 13)

For every η>0\eta>0η>0 and x∈Kx\in\mathcal Kx∈K,

E[∑t=1Tft⋅xt]  ≥  f1:T⋅x−Dη−ηRAT−2ϵT.\mathbf E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T f_t\cdot x_t\Big]\;\ge\; f_{1:T}\cdot x-\frac D\eta-\eta RAT-2\epsilon T .E[t=1∑T​ft​⋅xt​]≥f1:T​⋅x−ηD​−ηRAT−2ϵT.

Supporting lemmas (pp. 12–13)

  • Lemma 7 (approximate be-the-leader): ∑t=1TMϵ(f1:t)⋅ft≥Mϵ(f1:T)⋅f1:T−ϵT\sum_{t=1}^T M_\epsilon(f_{1:t})\cdot f_t\ge M_\epsilon(f_{1:T})\cdot f_{1:T}-\epsilon T∑t=1T​Mϵ​(f1:t​)⋅ft​≥Mϵ​(f1:T​)⋅f1:T​−ϵT.
  • Lemma 8 (be the approximate perturbed leader): for T≥2T\ge2T≥2, p∈[0,1/η]np\in[0,1/\eta]^np∈[0,1/η]n and x∈Kx\in\mathcal Kx∈K, ∑t=1TMϵ(f1:t+p)⋅ft≥f1:T⋅x−D/η−2ϵT\sum_{t=1}^T M_\epsilon(f_{1:t}+p)\cdot f_t\ge f_{1:T}\cdot x-D/\eta-2\epsilon T∑t=1T​Mϵ​(f1:t​+p)⋅ft​≥f1:T​⋅x−D/η−2ϵT.
  • Lemma 9 (stability): for ppp uniform on [0,1/η]n[0,1/\eta]^n[0,1/η]n, E[Mϵ(f1:t−1+p)⋅ft]−E[Mϵ(f1:t+p)⋅ft]≥−ηRA\mathbf E[M_\epsilon(f_{1:t-1}+p)\cdot f_t]-\mathbf E[M_\epsilon(f_{1:t}+p)\cdot f_t]\ge-\eta RAE[Mϵ​(f1:t−1​+p)⋅ft​]−E[Mϵ​(f1:t​+p)⋅ft​]≥−ηRA.

Significance

Theorem 6 shows that perturbed-leader online linear optimization is robust to additive error in its optimization subroutine: an ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate oracle costs only 2ϵT2\epsilon T2ϵT extra regret, so the average regret is 2DRA/T+2ϵ2\sqrt{DRA/T}+2\epsilon2DRA/T​+2ϵ. This allows the algorithm to be run over domains where exact linear optimization is intractable but a good additive approximation is available, and the paper invokes it as the online-learning primitive of its oracle-based scheme for linearly parametrized uncertainty in §3.2 (that application is not part of this mission). Unlike online gradient methods, it requires no convexity of K\mathcal KK and no projection.

On the formal side, no regret bound for Follow the Perturbed Leader, exact or approximate, is currently formalized on the platform, and the Kalai–Vempala stability argument (comparing a uniform distribution on a cube with its translate) is a reusable piece of measure theory. The mission's statements are proved on paper; the work here is to formalize those proofs, with one correction to a hypothesis, explained under Formalization scope.

Difficulty

Lemmas 7 and 8 are deterministic and combinatorial. The substance is Lemma 9. It compares the expectations of one bounded function of Mϵ(⋅)M_\epsilon(\cdot)Mϵ​(⋅) under the uniform law on a cube and under its translate by ftf_tft​. The natural first attempt, a pointwise comparison of Mϵ(f1:t−1+p)M_\epsilon(f_{1:t-1}+p)Mϵ​(f1:t−1​+p) and Mϵ(f1:t+p)M_\epsilon(f_{1:t}+p)Mϵ​(f1:t​+p), fails: an approximate (even an exact) maximizer can jump arbitrarily under an arbitrarily small change of its input, and MϵM_\epsilonMϵ​ is not assumed continuous or even consistent between nearby inputs. Any valid argument must therefore control the two distributions as a whole rather than the decisions point by point, which in the formal development involves Lebesgue measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, conditioning on a box and translation invariance.

A second subtlety is that the stability bound depends on how RRR is read, which is the reason for the correction below.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ with dotProduct. All ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ quantities are written as ∑i∣vi∣\sum_i|v_i|∑i​∣vi​∣, never with the default norm (the sup norm). Rewards are a function f : ℕ → Fin n → ℝ read at t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T, and f1:tf_{1:t}f1:t​ is prefixSum f t. The perturbation law is Lebesgue measure conditioned on the cube [0,1/η]n[0,1/\eta]^n[0,1/η]n (ProbabilityTheory.cond volume), a probability measure for η>0\eta>0η>0. Maxima over K\mathcal KK are expressed as "for every x∈Kx\in\mathcal Kx∈K", so neither attainment nor boundedness of K\mathcal KK is presupposed.

Conventions and deviations, each also stated in the affected item:

  1. RRR is an oscillation bound. The paper takes R≥max⁡t,x∣ft⋅x∣R\ge\max_{t,x}|f_t\cdot x|R≥maxt,x​∣ft​⋅x∣. With that reading Lemma 9 is false (for K={−1,1}\mathcal K=\{-1,1\}K={−1,1}, the exact maximizer, f1:t−1=−Af_{1:t-1}=-Af1:t−1​=−A, ft=A=Rf_t=A=Rft​=A=R, ηA≤1\eta A\le1ηA≤1, the left side is −2ηRA-2\eta RA−2ηRA), and the printed constant in Theorem 6 does not follow. The proof's step "they can differ by at most RRR" is correct when R≥∣ft⋅x−ft⋅y∣R\ge|f_t\cdot x-f_t\cdot y|R≥∣ft​⋅x−ft​⋅y∣ for x,y∈Kx,y\in\mathcal Kx,y∈K; Lemma 9, the display and Theorem 6 are stated with that hypothesis. The printed hypothesis implies it with 2R2R2R; for non-negative rewards the two coincide.
  2. Expected reward. E[∑tft⋅xt]\mathbf E[\sum_t f_t\cdot x_t]E[∑t​ft​⋅xt​] is written as ∑t∫ft⋅Mϵ(f1:t−1+p) dμη(p)\sum_t\int f_t\cdot M_\epsilon(f_{1:t-1}+p)\,d\mu_\eta(p)∑t​∫ft​⋅Mϵ​(f1:t−1​+p)dμη​(p), which by linearity of expectation is the same for independent or shared perturbations (the paper makes the same observation).
  3. Printed typos. In (13) the summand ftf_tft​ is fτf_\taufτ​ and round ttt uses f1:t−1f_{1:t-1}f1:t−1​; in Lemma 8 and the display, max⁡xf1:t⋅x\max_{x}f_{1:t}\cdot xmaxx​f1:t​⋅x means f1:Tf_{1:T}f1:T​.
  4. Added hypotheses. MϵM_\epsilonMϵ​ is measurable (otherwise every expectation would be a Bochner integral of a non-measurable function and equal 000); an approximate maximizer can always be chosen measurable. D,R,A>0D,R,A>0D,R,A>0 and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 make η=D/(RAT)\eta=\sqrt{D/(RAT)}η=D/(RAT)​ a positive real. The display is stated for T≥1T\ge1T≥1 (Lemma 8 needs T≥2T\ge2T≥2 as printed; the case T=1T=1T=1 also holds).
  5. No O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears: all constants are the paper's explicit ones.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: MϵM_\epsilonMϵ​ must return points of K\mathcal KK (otherwise DDD would not bound ∥Mϵ(⋅)−Mϵ(⋅)∥1\|M_\epsilon(\cdot)-M_\epsilon(\cdot)\|_1∥Mϵ​(⋅)−Mϵ​(⋅)∥1​), it must be measurable, and the perturbation law is the normalized uniform distribution, not Lebesgue measure restricted to the cube (which is not a probability measure for η≠1\eta\neq1η=1).

Needed infrastructure: the overlap estimate for a cube and its translate, vol([0,1/η]n∩(v+[0,1/η]n))≥(1−η∥v∥1) η−n\mathrm{vol}([0,1/\eta]^n\cap(v+[0,1/\eta]^n))\ge(1-\eta\|v\|_1)\,\eta^{-n}vol([0,1/η]n∩(v+[0,1/η]n))≥(1−η∥v∥1​)η−n, and the integrability of bounded measurable functions of MϵM_\epsilonMϵ​. Both are reusable for any perturbation-based online-learning analysis; contributions of these as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, E. Hazan, T. Koren, S. Mannor, Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning, Operations Research 63(3), 2015; preprint arXiv:1402.6361v1, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.6361
  • A. Kalai, S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 71(3), 291–307, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated play, Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Annals of Mathematics Studies 39, 97–139, 1957.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Deriving Robust Counterparts of Nonlinear Uncertain Inequalities: For a Regular Nominal Vector, a Concave Uncertain Constraint Holds Robustly iff Its Fenchel Counterpart (FRC) Is SolvableResearch Paper

Motivation

In robust optimization, a decision must satisfy a constraint for every parameter value in a prescribed uncertainty set. A nonlinear uncertain constraint can be difficult to use directly because it contains a universal condition over a continuum of parameters. Ben-Tal, den Hertog, and Vial study constraints whose value is concave in the uncertain parameter. Their Theorem 2 replaces the universal condition by one inequality involving a new vector and two conjugate functions. The replacement is the general framework used for the paper's later examples, including uncertainty regions assembled from simpler sets and nonlinear functions whose conjugates have explicit forms. The discussion paper, §§2–4 is the source for this mission; theorem and page numbers refer to that 2012 version.

The paper's result extends a more specialized counterpart for a linear uncertain constraint under a φ-divergence uncertainty region. That 2013 result has a proved formalization on Prove2Me, but its divergence-specific conjugate and uncertainty set are different objects. The same earlier formalization also supplies a proved version of the self-concordant-barrier statement that this paper quotes as Lemma 33, with a differently printed constant. Neither earlier theorem supplies the general concave-constraint result here.

Setting

Fix dimensions m,n,Lm,n,Lm,n,L. The nominal vector is a0∈Rma^0\in\mathbb R^ma0∈Rm, and A∈Rm×LA\in\mathbb R^{m\times L}A∈Rm×L maps a primitive uncertainty ζ∈Z⊆RL\zeta\in Z\subseteq\mathbb R^Lζ∈Z⊆RL to an uncertain parameter a=a0+Aζa=a^0+A\zetaa=a0+Aζ. Thus the uncertainty set is U={a0+Aζ:ζ∈Z}U=\{a^0+A\zeta:\zeta\in Z\}U={a0+Aζ:ζ∈Z}. The paper assumes that ZZZ is nonempty, convex, and compact, with 000 in its relative interior ri⁡Z\operatorname{ri}ZriZ. Relative interior is taken inside the affine hull of a set, so ZZZ may lie in a lower-dimensional plane.

A decision is x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn. For each decision, D(x)D(x)D(x) is the effective domain of the uncertain constraint f(⋅,x)f(\cdot,x)f(⋅,x): f(a,x)f(a,x)f(a,x) is real on D(x)D(x)D(x) and is interpreted as −∞-\infty−∞ outside it. The function is concave in aaa on D(x)D(x)D(x) for every xxx; the paper imposes no convexity assumption in the decision xxx. The robust constraint (RC) is f(a,x)≤0f(a,x)\le0f(a,x)≤0 for every a∈Ua\in Ua∈U. In the domain representation used here, this means every a∈U∩D(x)a\in U\cap D(x)a∈U∩D(x). The nominal vector is regular when a0∈ri⁡D(x)a^0\in\operatorname{ri}D(x)a0∈riD(x) for every decision xxx, as in Definition 1.

The support function of SSS is δ∗(y∣S)=sup⁡a∈SyTa\delta^*(y\mid S)=\sup_{a\in S}y^Taδ∗(y∣S)=supa∈S​yTa. The partial concave conjugate is f∗(v,x)=inf⁡a∈D(x)(aTv−f(a,x))f_*(v,x)=\inf_{a\in D(x)}(a^Tv-f(a,x))f∗​(v,x)=infa∈D(x)​(aTv−f(a,x)). Both have extended-real values: an empty support set has support value −∞-\infty−∞, and the conjugate can be −∞-\infty−∞ when its infimum is unbounded below. These values matter in the equivalence; replacing them by a default real number changes the constraint.

Formalization targets

The goal is the paper's Theorem 2. Under the standing assumptions and regularity, for every decision xxx,

[∀a∈U∩D(x), f(a,x)≤0]⟺[∃v∈Rm: (a0)Tv+δ∗(ATv∣Z)−f∗(v,x)≤0].\left[\forall a\in U\cap D(x),\ f(a,x)\le0\right] \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \left[\exists v\in\mathbb R^m:\ (a^0)^Tv+\delta^*(A^Tv\mid Z)-f_*(v,x)\le0\right].[∀a∈U∩D(x), f(a,x)≤0]⟺[∃v∈Rm: (a0)Tv+δ∗(ATv∣Z)−f∗​(v,x)≤0].

The right-hand inequality is the Fenchel robust counterpart (FRC). Its existence claim is essential: equality of primal and dual infima alone would not show that an auxiliary vector satisfying FRC exists.

Four source statements form the milestone path. Remark 5 gives the weak-duality inequality and the FRC-to-RC implication without concavity. Equations (16)–(18) calculate the support function of UUU. Equation (7) states the relative-interior qualification. Equations (13)–(15) state the worst-case/dual-value identity and, through the printed minimum, attainment of the dual infimum. The milestone list quotes those source passages and identifies their printed pages. Theorem 2 and its proof appear on pp. 4–5.

Significance

The equivalence gives an exact way to replace an infinite family of uncertain inequalities by an existential constraint. In examples where the support function and concave conjugate can be evaluated or represented with standard optimization constraints, it yields a finite robust counterpart. The conclusion remains a mathematical equivalence even when such an explicit representation has not been found. It is also independent of any convexity of fff in the decision variable, a point the paper makes after Corollary 3.

This mission supplies reusable, domain-aware support and conjugate definitions and formal statements for the duality path in the paper's central result. The new goal and milestones are open proof obligations: their Lean declarations compile, but they do not yet have machine-checked proofs. The proved 2013 φ-divergence case is narrower and does not close them. A completed development would make the general relative-interior and attained-duality steps reusable for other robust optimization models.

Difficulty

The delicate point is the direction from RC to the existence of an FRC vector. Weak duality gives only a one-sided bound. Identifying the two optimal values still leaves an existence question when an infimum is not attained. The paper invokes Fenchel duality under a relative-interior intersection condition; replacing relative interior by ordinary interior would exclude lower-dimensional uncertainty sets and effective domains that the source permits. A second difficulty is keeping finite and infinite conjugate values distinct while subtracting them in the counterpart inequality. An unbounded-below conjugate must make a finite-support FRC value +∞+\infty+∞, not a plausible finite number.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions on Fin m, Fin n, and Fin L; AAA is a real matrix, and dot products use the finite-vector dot product. Mathlib's intrinsicInterior ℝ represents relative interior. The domain map D(x)D(x)D(x) is explicit, with the concavity hypothesis imposed on that domain. The real representative of fff outside D(x)D(x)D(x) is ignored everywhere. The paper's Notation paragraph calls its generic concave functions closed, but the statements here omit closedness: the finite-dimensional duality qualification used for Theorem 2 needs relative-interior overlap, not that extra regularity. This is a stated strengthening of the source theorem, not a change of its feasible points.

Support functions, conjugates, worst-case values, and dual values use EReal. The paper's “max” in (8), (13), and Remark 5 is read as an extended-real supremum; its “min” in (15) is an infimum accompanied by an attaining vector. The support identity includes Z=∅Z=\varnothingZ=∅, where both sides are −∞-\infty−∞, although Theorem 2 keeps the paper's nonempty, convex, compact ZZZ. On the theorem's hypotheses the support value is finite and D(x)D(x)D(x) is nonempty, so the undefined-looking combinations +∞−(+∞)+\infty-(+\infty)+∞−(+∞) and −∞+(+∞)-\infty+(+\infty)−∞+(+∞) cannot occur in FRC. No all-space real-valued substitute for f∗f_*f∗​ is used, and the theorem still quantifies over every decision and every allowed uncertainty vector.

The proof development needs finite-dimensional relative-interior behavior under affine maps and Fenchel duality with attainment. General convex conjugates and support functions can serve later missions. Corollary 3 and the paper's complexity discussion are outside this mission. Theorem A.1 is not separately made a milestone here: as printed, its domain-restricted dual maximum has a problematic −∞-\infty−∞ case; the directly used, attained identity (13)–(15) is the target under the main theorem's standing assumptions.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, J.-P. Vial, Deriving robust counterparts of nonlinear uncertain inequalities, CentER Discussion Paper 2012-053, Tilburg University, 2012. Discussion-paper PDF; journal version, Mathematical Programming, 2015, DOI 10.1007/s10107-014-0750-8.
  • A. Ben-Tal et al., Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science, 2013. Prove2Me formalization of its φ-divergence case.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning 1: The Dual-Subgradient Meta-Algorithm Returns a 2ε-Approximate Robust Solution or Certifies Infeasibility within ⌈G²D²/ε²⌉ Oracle CallsResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization protects a decision against every realization of uncertain data in a prescribed uncertainty set. The standard approach replaces the uncertain constraints by a deterministic robust counterpart and solves that counterpart directly (Ben-Tal, El Ghaoui, Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, 2009). The counterpart is often a harder problem than the original: a robust linear program with ellipsoidal uncertainty becomes a second-order cone program, and a robust quadratic program can become a semidefinite program. A practitioner who has an efficient, specialised solver for the nominal problem may therefore have no efficient solver for its robust version.

Ben-Tal, Hazan, Koren and Mannor (arXiv:1402.6361, Operations Research 2015) ask whether the robust problem can be solved by repeatedly calling a solver of the nominal problem, with the number of calls independent of the dimension. Their first answer, the dual-subgradient meta-algorithm of §3.1, does so whenever the constraints are concave in the noise and the uncertainty set is convex. It is a primal–dual scheme: an online-learning algorithm picks the noise, and the nominal solver answers. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.

Setting

Let D⊆Rn\mathcal D\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be a convex domain, U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd a convex uncertainty set, and f1,…,fm:Rn×Rd→Rf_1,\dots,f_m:\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fm​:Rn×Rd→R constraint functions. The robust feasibility problem (3) is

∃ x∈D:fi(x,ui)≤0∀ui∈U, i=1,…,m.\exists\,x\in\mathcal D:\qquad f_i(x,u_i)\le 0\quad\forall u_i\in\mathcal U,\ i=1,\dots,m .∃x∈D:fi​(x,ui​)≤0∀ui​∈U, i=1,…,m.

(An objective is handled by binary search on its value, so feasibility is the core question.) A point x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate solution if fi(x,u)≤ϵf_i(x,u)\le\epsilonfi​(x,u)≤ϵ for all u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U and all iii.

An ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate oracle Oϵ\mathcal O_\epsilonOϵ​ (Figure 1) takes a noise vector u=(u1,…,um)∈Umu=(u_1,\dots,u_m)\in\mathcal U^mu=(u1​,…,um​)∈Um and either returns some x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D with fi(x,ui)≤ϵf_i(x,u_i)\le\epsilonfi​(x,ui​)≤ϵ for all iii, or answers "infeasible", which it may do only if no x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D has fi(x,ui)≤0f_i(x,u_i)\le 0fi​(x,ui​)≤0 for all iii.

The standing assumptions of §3.1 are: each fi(⋅,u)f_i(\cdot,u)fi​(⋅,u) is convex on D\mathcal DD; each fi(x,⋅)f_i(x,\cdot)fi​(x,⋅) is concave on U\mathcal UU for x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D; D≥∥u−v∥2D\ge\|u-v\|_2D≥∥u−v∥2​ for all u,v∈Uu,v\in\mathcal Uu,v∈U; and ∥∇ufi(x,u)∥2≤G\|\nabla_u f_i(x,u)\|_2\le G∥∇u​fi​(x,u)∥2​≤G for x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D, u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U. Write PPP for the Euclidean projection onto U\mathcal UU.

Algorithm 1 sets T=⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉T=\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceilT=⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ and η=D/(GT)\eta=D/(G\sqrt T)η=D/(GT​), starts from u10,…,um0∈Uu^0_1,\dots,u^0_m\in\mathcal Uu10​,…,um0​∈U, and for t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T updates

uit=P(uit−1+η ∇ufi(xt−1,uit−1)),xt=Oϵ(u1t,…,umt),u^t_i=P\bigl(u^{t-1}_i+\eta\,\nabla_u f_i(x^{t-1},u^{t-1}_i)\bigr),\qquad x^t=\mathcal O_\epsilon(u^t_1,\dots,u^t_m),uit​=P(uit−1​+η∇u​fi​(xt−1,uit−1​)),xt=Oϵ​(u1t​,…,umt​),

stopping with "infeasible" as soon as the oracle says so, and otherwise returning xˉ=1T∑t=1Txt\bar x=\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T x^txˉ=T1​∑t=1T​xt. In Lean these are alg1T, alg1Eta, alg1U, alg1X, alg1Output and alg1Calls in the namespace OracleRO.DualSubgrad.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 7)

For every ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate oracle,

output="infeasible" ⟹ ¬ ∃x∈D ∀i ∀u∈U: fi(x,u)≤0,\text{output}=\text{"infeasible"}\ \Longrightarrow\ \neg\,\exists x\in\mathcal D\ \forall i\ \forall u\in\mathcal U:\ f_i(x,u)\le 0,output="infeasible" ⟹ ¬∃x∈D ∀i ∀u∈U: fi​(x,u)≤0, output=xˉ ⟹ xˉ∈D  and  fi(xˉ,u)≤2ϵ  ∀i, ∀u∈U,\text{output}=\bar x\ \Longrightarrow\ \bar x\in\mathcal D\ \text{ and }\ f_i(\bar x,u)\le 2\epsilon\ \ \forall i,\ \forall u\in\mathcal U,output=xˉ ⟹ xˉ∈D  and  fi​(xˉ,u)≤2ϵ  ∀i, ∀u∈U,

and the number of oracle calls is at most ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 5, Zinkevich 2003): projected online gradient ascent with step η=D/(GT)\eta=D/(G\sqrt T)η=D/(GT​) on concave rewards has regret ∑tft(x∗)−∑tft(xt)≤GDT\sum_t f_t(x^*)-\sum_t f_t(x_t)\le GD\sqrt T∑t​ft​(x∗)−∑t​ft​(xt​)≤GDT​ for every x∗x^*x∗ in the decision set.
  2. (6) (p. 7): if a point is returned, 1T∑t=1Tfi(xt,uit)≤ϵ\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T f_i(x^t,u^t_i)\le\epsilonT1​∑t=1T​fi​(xt,uit​)≤ϵ for every iii.
  3. (7) (p. 8): for every iii and u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U, 1T∑tfi(xt,u)−1T∑tfi(xt,uit)≤GD/T≤ϵ\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u)-\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u^t_i)\le GD/\sqrt T\le\epsilonT1​∑t​fi​(xt,u)−T1​∑t​fi​(xt,uit​)≤GD/T​≤ϵ.
  4. Final inequality of the proof (p. 8): fi(xˉ,u)≤1T∑tfi(xt,u)f_i(\bar x,u)\le\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u)fi​(xˉ,u)≤T1​∑t​fi​(xt,u) for u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 turns any approximate solver of the nominal problem into an approximate solver of its robust counterpart, at a cost of ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ solver calls, a number that depends on the geometry of U\mathcal UU and the sensitivity of the constraints to the noise but not on nnn, ddd or mmm. It is the prototype of the paper's oracle-based reductions: the same primal–dual template, with a different online learner, gives the dual-perturbation algorithm of §3.2–3.3 for non-convex uncertainty sets, and the applications of §4 (robust linear programs, quadratic programs, semidefinite programs) instantiate it.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal development adds a checked statement of the reduction with an explicit call count in place of the paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), and a reusable regret bound for projected online gradient ascent on concave rewards (Lemma 1), which the paper quotes from Zinkevich without proof and which many other online-learning results rest on.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the dual side fails at one point: in round ttt the primal point xtx^txt is computed from utu^tut, so the reward fi(xt,⋅)f_i(x^t,\cdot)fi​(xt,⋅) that the dual player faces depends on its own current move. A regret bound that assumed rewards fixed in advance, or drawn independently of the learner's play, would not apply. Lemma 1 must be used in its adversarial form, valid for every sequence of reward functions, including adaptively chosen ones. A second point is that the projection step requires the variational characterization of a nearest point in a convex set, which a mere "map into U\mathcal UU" does not provide.

Formalization scope

Points are elements of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k), so every norm is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. The projection is a predicate IsProjOnto U P (each P(y)P(y)P(y) is a nearest point of U\mathcal UU to yyy), not a construction; the oracle is a function (Fin m → E d) → Option (E n) with none for "infeasible", constrained by the predicate IsApproxOracle on inputs in Um\mathcal U^mUm. The goal is quantified over every oracle meeting that specification. The gradient ∇ufi(x,u)\nabla_u f_i(x,u)∇u​fi​(x,u) is a given map gradU with HasGradientAt at points of U\mathcal UU; no differentiability in xxx is assumed. Rounds are indexed by natural numbers with index 000 for the initialization; the starting primal point x0∈Dx^0\in\mathcal Dx0∈D, used by the first update and left undefined by the algorithm, is an input. Hypotheses D>0D>0D>0 and G>0G>0G>0 are added so that η\etaη and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 are meaningful. Maxima over U\mathcal UU are stated as "for every u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U".

Explicit instantiations and corrections:

  • The paper's "O(G2D2/ϵ2)O(G^2D^2/\epsilon^2)O(G2D2/ϵ2) calls" is stated as at most ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ calls (one call per round, TTT rounds).
  • Lemma 1's "G≥max⁡t∥ft(xt)∥G\ge\max_t\|f_t(x_t)\|G≥maxt​∥ft​(xt​)∥" is read as the gradient bound ∥∇ft(xt)∥≤G\|\nabla f_t(x_t)\|\le G∥∇ft​(xt​)∥≤G, as the same sentence describes it.
  • The proof's "Combining (10) and (12)" refers to (6) and (7).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: an oracle specification under which "infeasible" is never returned, or an output that is not the average of the oracle's answers, would not be Theorem 3. The "infeasible" conclusion is about the robust problem, not the nominal one.

A complete development needs the variational inequality for nearest points in a convex set, the gradient (supergradient) inequality for a concave function differentiable at a point of a convex set, Zinkevich's telescoping argument, and Jensen's inequality for finite averages. The first two and Lemma 1 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, E. Hazan, T. Koren, S. Mannor, Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning, arXiv:1402.6361v1, 2014; Operations Research 63(3), 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.6361v1
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3041838.3041955
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Optimization, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.05207
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model 1: If the Restricted LP Optimum Scaled by α Is Feasible for the Full LP, Its Assortment Earns Within a Factor α of the Optimal RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that sells products in several categories, channels or stores has to decide which products to offer in each. Customers substitute: a product left out of the assortment sends some of its demand to other products, and some of it away. The nested logit model (McFadden 1974, 1981) is the standard choice model for this situation. It groups products into nests, so that substitution within a nest differs from substitution across nests. Assortment optimization under this model asks which products to offer in each nest so as to maximize expected revenue.

Davis, Gallego and Topaloglu (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) split the problem into four cases: dissimilarity parameters at most one or unrestricted, and nests that are fully or only partially captured. The problem is polynomially solvable in the first case and NP-hard in the other three. Every approximation guarantee in the paper for the hard cases (Theorems 7, 10, 11, 12) comes from one general framework, set up in §2: a linear program equivalent to the assortment problem, and Theorem 1, which turns a feasibility certificate for that linear program into a performance guarantee. This mission formalizes that framework.

Setting

There are mmm nests MMM and nnn products N={1,…,n}N = \{1, \dots, n\}N={1,…,n} in each nest. Product jjj of nest iii has revenue rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0 and preference weight vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, and the products in each nest are ordered so that ri1≥⋯≥rinr_{i1} \ge \dots \ge r_{in}ri1​≥⋯≥rin​. Nest iii has a no-purchase weight vi0≥0v_{i0} \ge 0vi0​≥0 and a dissimilarity parameter γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0. The weight of choosing no nest at all is v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0. If the assortment Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N is offered in nest iii, write

Vi(Si)=vi0+∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SirijvijVi(Si),Ri(∅)=0.V_i(S_i) = v_{i0} + \sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}, \qquad R_i(S_i) = \frac{\sum_{j\in S_i} r_{ij} v_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)}, \quad R_i(\emptyset) = 0 .Vi​(Si​)=vi0​+j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​​,Ri​(∅)=0.

A customer picks nest iii with probability Qi=Vi(Si)γi/(v0+∑l∈MVl(Sl)γl)Q_i = V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i} / (v_0 + \sum_{l\in M} V_l(S_l)^{\gamma_l})Qi​=Vi​(Si​)γi​/(v0​+∑l∈M​Vl​(Sl​)γl​), and then a product of that nest by the multinomial logit model. The expected revenue is

Π(S1,…,Sm)=∑i∈MQi(S1,…,Sm) Ri(Si),\Pi(S_1, \dots, S_m) = \sum_{i \in M} Q_i(S_1, \dots, S_m)\, R_i(S_i),Π(S1​,…,Sm​)=i∈M∑​Qi​(S1​,…,Sm​)Ri​(Si​),

and problem (2) is Z∗=max⁡Si⊆NΠ(S1,…,Sm)Z^* = \max_{S_i \subseteq N} \Pi(S_1, \dots, S_m)Z∗=maxSi​⊆N​Π(S1​,…,Sm​).

The linear program (3) in the variables (x,y1,…,ym)(x, y_1, \dots, y_m)(x,y1​,…,ym​) minimizes xxx subject to

v0x≥∑i∈Myi,yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x)∀Si⊆N, i∈M.v_0 x \ge \sum_{i\in M} y_i, \qquad y_i \ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}\big(R_i(S_i) - x\big) \quad \forall S_i \subseteq N,\ i \in M.v0​x≥i∈M∑​yi​,yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x)∀Si​⊆N, i∈M.

Given candidate collections {Ait:t∈Ti}\{A_{it} : t \in \mathcal T_i\}{Ait​:t∈Ti​} of assortments for each nest, the linear program (4) is (3) with the second family of constraints imposed only for SiS_iSi​ in the collection of nest iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

Let (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) be an optimal solution of (4), and let S^i\hat S_iS^i​ solve max⁡Si∈{Ait}Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x^)\max_{S_i \in \{A_{it}\}} V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}(R_i(S_i) - \hat x)maxSi​∈{Ait​}​Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x^), problem (5), in every nest. If (αx^,βy^)(\alpha \hat x, \beta \hat y)(αx^,βy^​) is feasible for (3) for some α,β\alpha, \betaα,β, then, with Z^=Π(S^1,…,S^m)\hat Z = \Pi(\hat S_1, \dots, \hat S_m)Z^=Π(S^1​,…,S^m​),

αZ^ ≥ Z∗ ≥ Z^.\alpha \hat Z \ \ge\ Z^* \ \ge\ \hat Z .αZ^ ≥ Z∗ ≥ Z^.

The theorem fixes no candidate collection and no value of α\alphaα. Each later section of the paper instantiates it with its own collection and its own factor, so a formal proof applies to all of them.

Milestones (§2, pp. 11–12)

  1. Problem (2) is equivalent to (3): Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the least xxx for which some yyy makes (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) feasible for (3).
  2. At an optimal solution of (4), the first constraint binds at the maximizers S^i\hat S_iS^i​ of (5), and x^=Π(S^1,…,S^m)\hat x = \Pi(\hat S_1, \dots, \hat S_m)x^=Π(S^1​,…,S^m​).
  3. Problem (4) relaxes (3), so x^≤Z∗\hat x \le Z^*x^≤Z∗.

Companions (§7, pp. 29–30)

  • The tighter program (16), which lets each nest's assortment be a fractional vector zi∈[0,1]nz_i \in [0,1]^nzi​∈[0,1]n, has every feasible xxx above Z∗Z^*Z∗.
  • Proposition 13: F^i(x)=max⁡zi∈[0,1]nFi(zi∣x)\hat F_i(x) = \max_{z_i \in [0,1]^n} F_i(z_i \mid x)F^i​(x)=maxzi​∈[0,1]n​Fi​(zi​∣x) is convex, with subgradient −(vi0+∑jvijz^ij(x))γi-(v_{i0} + \sum_j v_{ij}\hat z_{ij}(x))^{\gamma_i}−(vi0​+∑j​vij​z^ij​(x))γi​ at xxx.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the common step behind the paper's four approximation guarantees: the factor ρ\rhoρ or 2κ2\kappa2κ of Theorem 7, the factor 2 of Theorem 10, the factor of Theorem 11, and the δ2γˉ+1\delta^{2\bar\gamma+1}δ2γˉ​+1 of Theorem 12. Each of these reduces to checking that a scaled optimum of a small linear program is feasible for (3). With Theorem 1 formalized, those guarantees reduce to inequalities about candidate collections, which are the subject of the sister missions of this series. The upper bound (16) and Proposition 13 give the instance-specific bound that the paper uses to assess its assortments numerically.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. The formal work adds two things: the statements below are made exact at the degenerate inputs the prose passes over (an empty assortment, v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0), and a formal proof certifies the framework once for every later instantiation.

Difficulty

The equivalence of (2) and (3) rests on decomposing a maximum over joint assortments into a sum of per-nest maxima, and on reading the fractional objective Π≤x\Pi \le xΠ≤x as a linear constraint. Both steps need care where a denominator v0+∑iVi(Si)γiv_0 + \sum_i V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}v0​+∑i​Vi​(Si​)γi​ can vanish. The binding argument for (4) is a perturbation argument: lowering x^\hat xx^ must keep every constraint satisfiable, which needs a continuity and monotonicity property of the right-hand side in xxx. The obvious one-line reading of Theorem 1, "x^=Z^\hat x = \hat Zx^=Z^ and αx^≥Z∗\alpha\hat x \ge Z^*αx^≥Z∗", is correct only once both of these facts are established with their hypotheses. In particular, it is false when v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0 (see below). Proposition 13 requires that the supremum over the box be finite, which comes from the boundedness of FiF_iFi​ on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n.

Formalization scope

Nests are a finite type ι and products are Fin n, indexed 0,…,n−10, \dots, n-10,…,n−1. An assortment is a finite set of products per nest, and a candidate collection is a set of such finite sets. Powers are real powers, and Lean's x/0=0x / 0 = 0x/0=0 gives Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset) = 0Ri​(∅)=0. Z∗Z^*Z∗ is Π(S∗)\Pi(S^*)Π(S∗) for an arbitrary optimal assortment S∗S^*S∗; no supremum over assortments is taken. "Optimal solution of (4)" means feasible with minimal xxx, and "S^i\hat S_iS^i​ solves (5)" means S^i\hat S_iS^i​ belongs to the collection of nest iii and maximizes the objective of (5) over it at x^\hat xx^.

Standing assumptions and pins. These are v0,vi0≥0v_0, v_{i0} \ge 0v0​,vi0​≥0 and ordered revenues, together with vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0 and γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0. The paper allows zero-weight padding products and γi=0\gamma_i = 0γi​=0, but its own conventions fail there. Theorem 1 and the binding milestone add v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0. The page allows v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0, but then Theorem 1 is false: take one nest with v10=0v_{10} = 0v10​=0, γ1=1\gamma_1 = 1γ1​=1, r11=v11=1r_{11} = v_{11} = 1r11​=v11​=1 and candidates {∅,{1}}\{\emptyset, \{1\}\}{∅,{1}}. Then x^=1\hat x = 1x^=1 and S^1=∅\hat S_1 = \emptysetS^1​=∅ meet every hypothesis with α=β=1\alpha = \beta = 1α=β=1, yet Z^=0<Z∗=1\hat Z = 0 < Z^* = 1Z^=0<Z∗=1. The equivalence of (2) and (3) and the bound from (16) keep v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0, as the page does, and assume at least one nest and one product: with neither and v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0, every xxx is feasible for (3).

A formalization that assumes the binding equality, the identity x^=Z^\hat x = \hat Zx^=Z^, or the inequality x^≤Z∗\hat x \le Z^*x^≤Z∗ in the goal would trivialize it. Those facts appear only as milestones. Likewise, reading "optimal solution of (4)" as mere feasibility would make the goal false rather than easier.

The development needs only finite sums, real powers and elementary order reasoning. Proposition 13 also needs the boundedness of a continuous function on a box and the convexity of a pointwise supremum of affine functions. Welcome contributions include proofs of the milestones, the goal from them, and reusable lemmas on the per-nest decomposition of maxima, which the sister missions of this series use as well.

Selected references

  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization under variants of the nested logit model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014 (revised manuscript of June 18, 2013, cited here). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256
  • D. McFadden, Econometric models of probabilistic choice, in C. Manski, D. McFadden (eds.), Structural Analysis of Discrete Data with Econometric Applications, MIT Press, 1981. https://eml.berkeley.edu/~mcfadden/discrete.html
  • P. Rusmevichientong, D. Shmoys, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization with mixtures of logits, Technical report, Cornell University, 2010. https://people.orie.cornell.edu/huseyin/publications/publications.html
  • M. S. Bazaraa, H. D. Sherali, C. M. Shetty, Nonlinear Programming: Theory and Algorithms, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471787779
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power and Limitations of Affine Policies in Two-Stage Adaptive Optimization IV: When A ≥ 0 the Best Affine Policy Costs at Most 3√m Times the Fully Adaptable OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adaptive optimization models decisions taken in two steps: a first-stage decision xxx is fixed before an uncertain right-hand side bbb is revealed, and a second-stage decision y(b)y(b)y(b) is chosen after it, as a function of bbb. The objective protects against the worst bbb in an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU. Computing an optimal fully adaptable solution is intractable in general (Feige, Jain, Mahdian and Mirrokni, IPCO 2007), so practitioners restrict the second stage to affine policies y(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+q, introduced in robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (Math. Program. 2004). An optimal affine policy is computed by a single convex program, but its cost may exceed the adaptive optimum.

Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Program. Ser. A, 2012) quantify this loss. Earlier, Bertsimas, Iancu and Parrilo (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) proved affine policies optimal for a class of one-dimensional multistage problems. The present paper shows that affine policies are optimal when U\mathcal UU is a simplex (Theorem 1), that they can lose a factor Ω(m1/2−δ)\Omega(m^{1/2-\delta})Ω(m1/2−δ) in general (Theorem 3), and — the subject of this mission — that when the first-stage constraint matrix is nonnegative they never lose more than 3m3\sqrt m3m​ (Theorem 4). Nonnegative first-stage matrices occur in network design, facility location, capacity planning and other covering problems.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​, c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d\in\mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​, and let U⊆R+m\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​ be convex, compact and full-dimensional. The problem ΠAdapt(U)\Pi_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)ΠAdapt​(U) is

zAdapt(U)=min⁡  cTx+max⁡b∈UdTy(b)s.t.Ax+By(b)≥b,  x≥0,  y(b)≥0∀b∈U,z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)=\min\; c^Tx+\max_{b\in\mathcal U}d^Ty(b)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By(b)\ge b,\ \ x\ge0,\ \ y(b)\ge0\quad\forall b\in\mathcal U,zAdapt​(U)=mincTx+b∈Umax​dTy(b)s.t.Ax+By(b)≥b,  x≥0,  y(b)≥0∀b∈U,

where the minimum is over first-stage vectors xxx and arbitrary maps b↦y(b)b\mapsto y(b)b↦y(b). The problem is assumed feasible. The value zAff(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U) is the same minimum restricted to affine second stages y(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+q, which must still satisfy Pb+q≥0Pb+q\ge0Pb+q≥0 on U\mathcal UU.

For each coordinate jjj put μj=max⁡{bj:b∈U}\mu_j=\max\{b_j : b\in\mathcal U\}μj​=max{bj​:b∈U} and fix a maximizer βj∈U\beta^j\in\mathcal Uβj∈U with βjj=μj\beta^j_j=\mu_jβjj​=μj​ (display (38)). The scaled sum of bbb over an index set JJJ is ∑j∈Jbj/μj\sum_{j\in J}b_j/\mu_j∑j∈J​bj​/μj​.

Algorithm A\mathcal AA (Fig. 1 of the paper) starts with J1={1,…,m}J_1=\{1,\dots,m\}J1​={1,…,m} and b0=0b^0=0b0=0. While some b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U has scaled sum over J1J_1J1​ larger than m\sqrt mm​, it picks a maximizer uk∈Uu^k\in\mathcal Uuk∈U of that scaled sum, adds uku^kuk to the running vector on the coordinates of J1J_1J1​, and moves to J2J_2J2​ every coordinate jjj whose running value has reached μj\mu_jμj​. It returns the number of iterations KKK, the vectors u1,…,uKu^1,\dots,u^Ku1,…,uK, their sum β=u1+⋯+uK\beta=u^1+\dots+u^Kβ=u1+⋯+uK, and the partition J1,J2J_1,J_2J1​,J2​.

In the kkk-uncertain variant (60)–(63), only kkk right-hand sides b∈U⊆R+kb\in\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^k_+b∈U⊆R+k​ are uncertain and the remaining m−km-km−k are fixed at b0b^0b0; all data are nonnegative. Its values are zAdaptk(U)z^k_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)zAdaptk​(U) and zAffk(U)z^k_{Aff}(\mathcal U)zAffk​(U).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

If A≥0A\ge0A≥0 entrywise, then a feasible affine solution exists and

zAff(U)≤3m⋅zAdapt(U).z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\le 3\sqrt m\cdot z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U).zAff​(U)≤3m​⋅zAdapt​(U).

Milestones

  1. μj>0\mu_j>0μj​>0 for every jjj (after (38)).
  2. Lemma 9. For every complete run of Algorithm A\mathcal AA: ∑j∈J1bj/μj≤m\sum_{j\in J_1}b_j/\mu_j\le\sqrt m∑j∈J1​​bj​/μj​≤m​ for all b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U, and bj≤βjb_j\le\beta_jbj​≤βj​ for all j∈J2j\in J_2j∈J2​ and b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U.
  3. Lemma 10. Algorithm A\mathcal AA executes at most K≤2mK\le2\sqrt mK≤2m​ iterations.
  4. Feasibility (48)–(55). For any feasible (x∗,y∗)(x^*,y^*)(x∗,y∗), the solution x~=3m x∗\tilde x=3\sqrt m\,x^*x~=3m​x∗, y~(b)=∑j∈J1bjμjy∗(βj)+y^\tilde y(b)=\sum_{j\in J_1}\frac{b_j}{\mu_j}y^*(\beta^j)+\hat yy~​(b)=∑j∈J1​​μj​bj​​y∗(βj)+y^​ with y^=2mK∑k=1Ky∗(uk)\hat y=\frac{2\sqrt m}{K}\sum_{k=1}^Ky^*(u^k)y^​=K2m​​∑k=1K​y∗(uk) is feasible.
  5. Cost (56)–(59). If ttt bounds the worst-case cost of (x∗,y∗)(x^*,y^*)(x∗,y∗), then 3m⋅t3\sqrt m\cdot t3m​⋅t bounds that of (x~,y~)(\tilde x,\tilde y)(x~,y~​).

Companion results

  • Algorithm A\mathcal AA has a complete run when U\mathcal UU is compact.
  • Lemma 11. z(Π1)≤zAdaptk(U)z(\Pi_1)\le z^k_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)z(Π1​)≤zAdaptk​(U) and z(Π2)≤zAdaptk(U)z(\Pi_2)\le z^k_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)z(Π2​)≤zAdaptk​(U) for the uncertain and deterministic parts of the kkk-uncertain problem.
  • Theorem 5. zAffk(U)≤(3k+1)⋅zAdaptk(U)z^k_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\le(3\sqrt k+1)\cdot z^k_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)zAffk​(U)≤(3k​+1)⋅zAdaptk​(U), the paper's O(k)O(\sqrt k)O(k​) bound with its proof's constant.
  • Special case (39)–(45). If ∑j=1mbj/μj≤m\sum_{j=1}^m b_j/\mu_j\le\sqrt m∑j=1m​bj​/μj​≤m​ on U\mathcal UU, then zAff(U)≤m⋅zAdapt(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\le\sqrt m\cdot z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)≤m​⋅zAdapt​(U).

Significance

Theorem 4 is an upper bound on the price of restricting to affine policies, and Theorem 3 of the same paper shows it is tight up to a constant factor: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there are instances with A≥0A\ge0A≥0 where the gap is Ω(m1/2−δ)\Omega(m^{1/2-\delta})Ω(m1/2−δ). Together they settle the order of the approximation ratio of affine policies for covering-type two-stage problems. Theorem 5 refines the bound to O(k)O(\sqrt k)O(k​) when only kkk of the mmm right-hand sides are uncertain, which is the regime of many applications. The construction is also the template for the paper's Theorem 6, a 4m4\sqrt m4m​-approximation for general AAA obtained from a single dominating simplex.

The results are proved in the paper. To the knowledge of this mission, none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them produces a reusable model of two-stage adaptive linear programs with affine policies, a verified analysis of a greedy covering procedure (Algorithm A\mathcal AA), and an explicit-constant version of an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) statement.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt scales the fully adaptable solution at the extreme points βj\beta^jβj linearly in bbb: y~(b)=∑j(bj/μj) y∗(βj)\tilde y(b)=\sum_j (b_j/\mu_j)\,y^*(\beta^j)y~​(b)=∑j​(bj​/μj​)y∗(βj). This is feasible at cost factor m\sqrt mm​ only when the scaled sums ∑jbj/μj\sum_j b_j/\mu_j∑j​bj​/μj​ stay below m\sqrt mm​ on U\mathcal UU (condition (39)); in general they can reach mmm, and the linear rule then costs a factor mmm. The difficulty is to handle the coordinates where U\mathcal UU has large scaled mass. Algorithm A\mathcal AA isolates them, and the delicate point is the iteration count: each round must add scaled mass above m\sqrt mm​, while the total scaled mass that can be absorbed before every coordinate leaves J1J_1J1​ is at most 2m2m2m. A formal proof must also track the algorithm's state through its recursion, because the argmax choices are not unique and the statements must hold for every run.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin m → ℝ with the componentwise order, indices are 0-based, and matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ. Nonnegativity of a matrix is stated entrywise. zAdaptz_{Adapt}zAdapt​ and zAffz_{Aff}zAff​ are infima of the set of worst-case cost bounds achieved by feasible solutions; the goal and Theorem 5 assert the existence of a feasible affine solution, which rules out the trivializing reading in which zAffz_{Aff}zAff​ is the infimum of an empty set (Lean's junk value 000) and the inequality holds for free. The goal does not mention μ\muμ, βj\beta^jβj or Algorithm A\mathcal AA; these appear only in milestones.

μ\muμ and βj\beta^jβj are given with their defining properties (μj\mu_jμj​ is the greatest value of bjb_jbj​ on U\mathcal UU, and βj∈U\beta^j\in\mathcal Uβj∈U with βjj=μj\beta^j_j=\mu_jβjj​=μj​). Algorithm A\mathcal AA is encoded as a recursion on a choice sequence uuu, with step 2(d) read as J1k={j∈J1k−1:bjk<μj}J_1^k=\{j\in J_1^{k-1}: b^k_j<\mu_j\}J1k​={j∈J1k−1​:bjk​<μj​}. A complete run requires the loop test and the argmax property at each iteration and the failure of the loop test at the end. The milestones on the constructed policy are stated for every feasible (x∗,y∗)(x^*,y^*)(x∗,y∗) and every cost bound ttt, so that no attainment of the optimum is assumed.

Standing assumptions of (1) carried by the goal: c,d≥0c,d\ge0c,d≥0; U⊆R+m\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​ convex, compact, with nonempty interior; feasibility. Milestones drop the ones they do not use. Theorem 5 carries compactness and full-dimensionality of U\mathcal UU, which §5.1 does not repeat but its proof uses through Theorem 4. Lemma 11 assumes that zAdaptk(U)z^k_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)zAdaptk​(U) is finite, since the paper's inequality is between extended reals.

A complete development needs: finite-dimensional linear programming facts (existence of optimal solutions is not needed), compactness arguments for the argmax in Algorithm A\mathcal AA, and manipulation of finite sums over Finset. The model of (1) and the analysis of Algorithm A\mathcal AA are reusable by the companion mission on Theorem 6. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of supporting lemmas about the recursion of Algorithm A\mathcal AA, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas and V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Math. Program. Ser. A, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer and A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99(2), 351–376, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • D. Bertsimas, D. A. Iancu and P. A. Parrilo, Optimality of affine policies in multistage robust optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 35(2), 363–394, 2010.
  • U. Feige, K. Jain, M. Mahdian and V. Mirrokni, Robust combinatorial optimization with exponential scenarios, Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. 4513, 439–453, 2007.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power and Limitations of Affine Policies in Two-Stage Adaptive Optimization II: With m + 3 Extreme Points the Best Affine Policy Can Cost More Than (2 − δ) Times the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adaptive optimization models decisions made in two steps: a first-stage decision is fixed before an uncertain parameter is revealed, and a second-stage (recourse) decision may then depend on the realized value. In the robust version, the uncertain parameter ranges over an uncertainty set and the objective is the worst-case cost. Such models arise in capacity planning, network design and inventory problems with uncertain demand, where the demand is the right-hand side of the constraints.

Computing an optimal fully adaptable second-stage policy is intractable in general: the recourse is an arbitrary function of the uncertain parameter. The standard tractable surrogate, introduced by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (Math. Program. 99, 2004), restricts the recourse to an affine policy y(b)=Pb+qy(b) = Pb + qy(b)=Pb+q, whose optimization is a finite convex program. Practitioners report that affine policies often perform well, which raises the question of when they are optimal and how much they can lose.

Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Program. Ser. A, 2012) answer this for problems with an uncertain right-hand side. Their Theorem 1 shows that affine policies are optimal when the uncertainty set is a simplex, that is, the convex hull of m+1m+1m+1 affinely independent points of R+m\mathbb R^m_+R+m​. Their Theorem 2, the subject of this mission, shows that this is almost tight: one additional extreme point can make the best affine policy almost twice as expensive as the optimum.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×n1A \in \mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B \in \mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​, c∈R+n1c \in \mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d \in \mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​ and let U⊆R+m\mathcal U \subseteq \mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​ be an uncertainty set. The problem ΠAdapt(U)\Pi_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(\mathcal U)ΠAdapt​(U) is

zAdapt(U)=min⁡ cTx+max⁡b∈UdTy(b)s.t.Ax+By(b)≥b,  x≥0,  y(b)≥0∀b∈U.z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(\mathcal U)=\min\ c^{T}x+\max_{b\in\mathcal U} d^{T}y(b)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By(b)\ge b,\ \ x\ge 0,\ \ y(b)\ge 0\quad\forall b\in\mathcal U .zAdapt​(U)=min cTx+b∈Umax​dTy(b)s.t.Ax+By(b)≥b,  x≥0,  y(b)≥0∀b∈U.

Here xxx is the first-stage decision and y:U→Rn2y : \mathcal U \to \mathbb R^{n_2}y:U→Rn2​ is the second-stage policy; all inequalities between vectors are componentwise. The value zAff(U)z_{\mathrm{Aff}}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U) is the same minimum restricted to affine policies y(b)=Pb+qy(b) = Pb + qy(b)=Pb+q with P∈Rn2×mP \in \mathbb R^{n_2\times m}P∈Rn2​×m and q∈Rn2q \in \mathbb R^{n_2}q∈Rn2​; an affine policy must still satisfy Pb+q≥0Pb + q \ge 0Pb+q≥0 for every b∈Ub \in \mathcal Ub∈U. Always zAdapt(U)≤zAff(U)z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(\mathcal U) \le z_{\mathrm{Aff}}(\mathcal U)zAdapt​(U)≤zAff​(U).

The instance I\mathcal II of (6) is defined for δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and an even integer m>200/δ2m > 200/\delta^2m>200/δ2. It has n1=n2=mn_1 = n_2 = mn1​=n2​=m, c=0c = 0c=0, d=(1,…,1)Td = (1,\dots,1)^Td=(1,…,1)T, A=0A = 0A=0, and

Bij={1,i=j,1/m,i≠j,U=conv⁡{b0,b1,…,bm+2},B_{ij}=\begin{cases}1,& i=j,\\ 1/\sqrt m,& i\ne j,\end{cases}\qquad \mathcal U=\operatorname{conv}\{b^0,b^1,\dots,b^{m+2}\},Bij​={1,1/m​,​i=j,i=j,​U=conv{b0,b1,…,bm+2},

where b0=0b^0 = 0b0=0, bj=ejb^j = e_jbj=ej​ is the jjj-th unit vector for j=1,…,mj = 1,\dots,mj=1,…,m, bm+1b^{m+1}bm+1 has entries 1/m1/\sqrt m1/m​ in its first m/2m/2m/2 coordinates and 000 in the others, and bm+2b^{m+2}bm+2 has 000 in its first m/2m/2m/2 coordinates and 1/m1/\sqrt m1/m​ in the others. Thus U\mathcal UU is generated by m+2m+2m+2 nonzero points. The last two are also extreme points when m≥6m\ge 6m≥6; for m=2m=2m=2 or 444 they lie in the convex hull of 0,e1,…,em0,e_1,\dots,e_m0,e1​,…,em​.

For a permutation τ\tauτ of {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m}, write xτ=(xτ(1),…,xτ(m))x^\tau = (x_{\tau(1)},\dots,x_{\tau(m)})xτ=(xτ(1)​,…,xτ(m)​). A set UUU is permutation-invariant with respect to τ\tauτ if x∈U  ⟺  xτ∈Ux \in U \iff x^\tau \in Ux∈U⟺xτ∈U (Definition 2), and Γ\GammaΓ is the set (10) of permutations with i≤m/2  ⟺  τ(i)≤m/2i \le m/2 \iff \tau(i) \le m/2i≤m/2⟺τ(i)≤m/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

zAff(U)>(2−δ)⋅zAdapt(U)for the instance I of (6), every δ>0 and every even m>200/δ2.z_{\mathrm{Aff}}(\mathcal U)>(2-\delta)\cdot z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(\mathcal U)\qquad\text{for the instance }\mathcal I\text{ of (6), every }\delta>0\text{ and every even }m>200/\delta^2 .zAff​(U)>(2−δ)⋅zAdapt​(U)for the instance I of (6), every δ>0 and every even m>200/δ2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1. On I\mathcal II there is a feasible fully adaptable solution with worst-case cost 111, so zAdapt(U)≤1z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(\mathcal U) \le 1zAdapt​(U)≤1.
  2. Lemma 2. The set U\mathcal UU of (6) is permutation-invariant with respect to every τ∈Γ\tau \in \Gammaτ∈Γ.
  3. Lemma 3. There is an optimal affine solution y^(b)=P^b+q^\hat y(b) = \hat Pb + \hat qy^​(b)=P^b+q^​ whose intercept is constant: q^i=q^j\hat q_i = \hat q_jq^​i​=q^​j​ for all i,ji, ji,j.
  4. First Claim of the proof of Theorem 2. For any feasible affine solution with intercept q^≡β\hat q \equiv \betaq^​≡β and worst-case cost at most 2−δ2-\delta2−δ: β≤(2−δ)/m\beta \le (2-\delta)/mβ≤(2−δ)/m.
  5. Second Claim. Under the same assumption, P^jj≥1−2/m−2/m\hat P_{jj} \ge 1 - 2/\sqrt m - 2/mP^jj​≥1−2/m​−2/m for every jjj.
  6. Third Claim. Under the same assumption, P^ij≥−(2−δ)/m\hat P_{ij} \ge -(2-\delta)/mP^ij​≥−(2−δ)/m for all i,ji, ji,j.

Significance

Together with Theorem 1 of the same paper, Theorem 2 delimits exactly where affine policies are optimal for right-hand-side uncertainty: for a simplex they are, and with one more nonzero extreme point the gap can approach 222. The ratio is measured against the fully adaptable optimum, which is the quantity a practitioner gives up by choosing affine recourse. Later sections of the paper push the same construction to m1/2−δm^{1/2-\delta}m1/2−δ for sets with polynomially many extreme points and prove a matching O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) upper bound; Theorem 2 is the simplest member of this family and isolates the mechanism.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal model of two-stage adaptive linear optimization with uncertain right-hand side, the values zAdaptz_{\mathrm{Adapt}}zAdapt​ and zAffz_{\mathrm{Aff}}zAff​, and a verified lower-bound instance. The symmetrization statement (Lemma 3) is an instance of a general principle, that a convex problem invariant under a group has an invariant optimum, which is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The upper bound zAdapt≤1z_{\mathrm{Adapt}} \le 1zAdapt​≤1 requires a feasible policy, which can be written down. The lower bound on zAffz_{\mathrm{Aff}}zAff​ is a statement about all affine policies, an m2+mm^2 + mm2+m dimensional family, and cannot be checked policy by policy. The obvious attempt, testing an arbitrary affine policy against a few extreme points, fails because an asymmetric policy can trade cost between coordinates. The argument needs an optimal policy that is symmetric, which in turn needs both the existence of an optimal affine solution (attainment of a minimum over a non-compact set of policies) and the invariance of the instance under the permutations of Γ\GammaΓ and the swap of the two halves. Without the attainment step, a contradiction for every policy of cost at most 2−δ2-\delta2−δ yields only zAff≥2−δz_{\mathrm{Aff}} \ge 2-\deltazAff​≥2−δ, not the strict inequality.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin m → ℝ with the componentwise order, matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ, BxBxBx is B *ᵥ x and dTyd^TydTy is d ⬝ᵥ y. Indices are 0-based: the paper's coordinate iii is index i−1i - 1i−1, so "i≤m/2i \le m/2i≤m/2" is (i : ℕ) < m / 2, with natural-number division (exact since mmm is even). xτx^\tauxτ is x ∘ τ for τ : Equiv.Perm (Fin m).

zAdaptz_{\mathrm{Adapt}}zAdapt​ and zAffz_{\mathrm{Aff}}zAff​ are the infima of the sets of real numbers ttt for which some feasible (respectively feasible affine) solution satisfies cTx+dTy(b)≤tc^Tx + d^Ty(b) \le tcTx+dTy(b)≤t for all b∈Ub \in \mathcal Ub∈U. This epigraph form avoids a supremum of a possibly unbounded function; on an infeasible instance the infimum would be Lean's junk value 000, which is why Lemma 1 also asserts the existence of the feasible solution of cost 111. Optimal solutions are stated by IsOptimalAff: feasible, with worst-case cost bounded by every bound achieved by any feasible affine solution. Affine policies must be nonnegative on U\mathcal UU, as in (1).

The instance is concrete, so the standing assumptions of (1) (nonnegative costs, compact convex full-dimensional U⊆R+m\mathcal U \subseteq \mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​, feasibility) are properties of the data rather than hypotheses. The goal adds no hypothesis to the page: δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, mmm even and m>200/δ2m > 200/\delta^2m>200/δ2. For δ≥2\delta \ge 2δ≥2 the statement is easy but still true. The three Claims are stated for any feasible affine solution with constant intercept and worst-case cost at most 2−δ2-\delta2−δ, which is exactly what the paper's proof uses about the symmetric optimal solution under its contradiction hypothesis (12). Lemma 1 drops the unused hypothesis m>200/δ2m > 200/\delta^2m>200/δ2. Definition 2 prints "x∈P  ⟺  xτ∈Px \in P \iff x^\tau \in Px∈P⟺xτ∈P"; the formalization reads PPP as the set UUU.

Replacing zAffz_{\mathrm{Aff}}zAff​ by the cost of one particular affine policy, stating the goal with ≥\ge≥, or bounding only policies with constant intercept would not be Theorem 2, and is ruled out: the goal compares the two optimal values with a strict inequality.

A complete development needs convex hulls of finite point sets in Fin m → ℝ, the existence of a minimizer for the affine problem (a linear program in (x,P,q)(x, P, q)(x,P,q) with infinitely many constraints indexed by U\mathcal UU, reducible to the extreme points), averaging of optimal solutions over a permutation group, and elementary estimates with m\sqrt mm​. Contributions of general lemmas on attainment of semi-infinite linear programs and on symmetrization of convex programs are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming Ser. A (online first 2011; received 31 Oct 2009, accepted 17 Jan 2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • D. Bertsimas, D. A. Iancu, P. A. Parrilo, Optimality of affine policies in multistage robust optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 35 (2010) 363–394. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0444
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Mirror Descent and Nonlinear Projected Subgradient Methods for Convex Optimization: Entropic Mirror Descent on the Unit Simplex Attains min_{s≤k} f(x^s) − min f ≤ √(2 ln n)·L_f/√kResearch Paper

Motivation

Large-scale nonsmooth convex problems, such as minimising a Lipschitz convex function over a probability simplex with millions of coordinates, are routinely solved by first-order methods that use one subgradient per iteration. The classical projected subgradient method reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε after O(L2R2/ε2)O(L^2 R^2/\varepsilon^2)O(L2R2/ε2) iterations, where LLL and RRR are measured in the Euclidean norm; on the simplex this hides a factor of order nnn in the dimension. Nemirovski and Yudin's mirror descent algorithm (MDA) replaces the Euclidean geometry by one adapted to the feasible set and, on the simplex, reduces the dimension dependence to ln⁡n\ln nlnn.

Beck and Teboulle (Oper. Res. Lett. 31 (2003) 167–175, doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6) showed that mirror descent is a projected subgradient method in which the squared Euclidean distance is replaced by a Bregman-type distance BψB_\psiBψ​. This viewpoint gives a short convergence proof, and with the entropy as ψ\psiψ it yields a fully explicit method on the simplex, the entropic mirror descent algorithm (EMDA), the same multiplicative update that underlies exponentiated-gradient and Hedge-type algorithms in online learning.

Timeline. Nemirovski and Yudin (1983) introduce mirror descent with a O(ln⁡n/k)O(\sqrt{\ln n}/\sqrt k)O(lnn​/k​) rate on the simplex. Ben-Tal, Margalit and Nemirovski (SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001)) analyse MDA with the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ potential 12∥x∥p2\tfrac12\|x\|_p^221​∥x∥p2​, p=1+1/ln⁡np = 1 + 1/\ln np=1+1/lnn, whose conjugate requires a one-dimensional root-finding at each step. Beck and Teboulle (2003) derive MDA as a nonlinear projected subgradient method (SANP), prove its efficiency estimate for an arbitrary norm, and show that the entropy gives the same 2ln⁡n Lf/k\sqrt{2\ln n}\,L_f/\sqrt k2lnn​Lf​/k​ rate with a closed-form update.

Setting

Let EEE be Rn\mathbb R^nRn with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and ∥z∥∗=max⁡{⟨x,z⟩:∥x∥≤1}\|z\|_* = \max\{\langle x, z\rangle : \|x\| \le 1\}∥z∥∗​=max{⟨x,z⟩:∥x∥≤1} the dual norm. The problem is min⁡{f(x):x∈X}\min\{f(x) : x \in X\}min{f(x):x∈X} under Assumption A: XXX is closed and convex; fff is convex on XXX and Lipschitz there, ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤Lf∥x−y∥|f(x) - f(y)| \le L_f\|x - y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤Lf​∥x−y∥; fff has a minimiser x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X; and a subgradient f′(x)f'(x)f′(x) can be computed at every x∈Xx \in Xx∈X.

Let ψ:X→R\psi : X \to \mathbb Rψ:X→R be strongly convex with parameter σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 and differentiable. The distance-like function (3.10) is

Bψ(x,y)=ψ(x)−ψ(y)−⟨x−y,∇ψ(y)⟩.B_\psi(x, y) = \psi(x) - \psi(y) - \langle x - y, \nabla\psi(y)\rangle .Bψ​(x,y)=ψ(x)−ψ(y)−⟨x−y,∇ψ(y)⟩.

The subgradient algorithm with nonlinear projections (SANP, (3.11)) starts from x1x^1x1 and sets, with step sizes tk>0t_k > 0tk​>0,

xk+1=argmin⁡x∈X{⟨x,f′(xk)⟩+1tkBψ(x,xk)}.x^{k+1} = \operatorname*{argmin}_{x \in X}\Big\{\langle x, f'(x^k)\rangle + \tfrac{1}{t_k} B_\psi(x, x^k)\Big\}.xk+1=x∈Xargmin​{⟨x,f′(xk)⟩+tk​1​Bψ​(x,xk)}.

With ψ=12∥⋅∥22\psi = \tfrac12\|\cdot\|_2^2ψ=21​∥⋅∥22​ this is the projected subgradient method.

On the unit simplex Δ={x∈Rn:x≥0, ∑jxj=1}\Delta = \{x \in \mathbb R^n : x \ge 0,\ \sum_j x_j = 1\}Δ={x∈Rn:x≥0, ∑j​xj​=1} take the entropy ψe(x)=∑jxjln⁡xj\psi_e(x) = \sum_j x_j \ln x_jψe​(x)=∑j​xj​lnxj​ (5.27), with 0ln⁡0=00\ln0 = 00ln0=0. SANP becomes the entropic descent algorithm (EDA):

xjk+1=xjk e−tkfj′(xk)∑i=1nxik e−tkfi′(xk).x^{k+1}_j = \frac{x^k_j\,e^{-t_k f'_j(x^k)}}{\sum_{i=1}^n x^k_i\,e^{-t_k f'_i(x^k)}} .xjk+1​=∑i=1n​xik​e−tk​fi′​(xk)xjk​e−tk​fj′​(xk)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 174)

If fff is convex and LfL_fLf​-Lipschitz on Δ\DeltaΔ for ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​, with subgradients satisfying ∥f′(x)∥∞≤Lf\|f'(x)\|_\infty \le L_f∥f′(x)∥∞​≤Lf​, and the EDA is started at x1=n−1ex^1 = n^{-1}ex1=n−1e with step t=2ln⁡n/(Lfk)t = \sqrt{2\ln n}/(L_f\sqrt k)t=2lnn​/(Lf​k​) for a horizon k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, then

min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡x∈Δf(x)≤2ln⁡n  Lfk.\min_{1 \le s \le k} f(x^s) - \min_{x \in \Delta} f(x) \le \frac{\sqrt{2\ln n}\;L_f}{\sqrt k}.1≤s≤kmin​f(xs)−x∈Δmin​f(x)≤k​2lnn​Lf​​.

The general estimate: Theorems 4.1 and 4.2 (pp. 171–172)

For any norm, any σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex ψ\psiψ and any SANP run,

min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡Xf≤Bψ(x∗,x1)+(2σ)−1∑s=1kts2∥f′(xs)∥∗2∑s=1kts,\min_{1 \le s \le k} f(x^s) - \min_X f \le \frac{B_\psi(x^*, x^1) + (2\sigma)^{-1}\sum_{s=1}^k t_s^2\|f'(x^s)\|_*^2}{\sum_{s=1}^k t_s},1≤s≤kmin​f(xs)−Xmin​f≤∑s=1k​ts​Bψ​(x∗,x1)+(2σ)−1∑s=1k​ts2​∥f′(xs)∥∗2​​,

and with the optimal constant step this gives Lf2Bψ(x∗,x1)/σ/kL_f\sqrt{2B_\psi(x^*, x^1)/\sigma}/\sqrt kLf​2Bψ​(x∗,x1)/σ​/k​.

The milestones follow the paper's proof: the three-point identity (Lemma 4.1), the optimality condition (4.16), the lower bound Bψ≥σ2∥⋅∥2B_\psi \ge \tfrac\sigma2\|\cdot\|^2Bψ​≥2σ​∥⋅∥2, the one-step inequality (4.21), Theorem 4.1(a), Proposition 4.1 (optimal step), Theorem 4.2 and its version with an upper bound on Bψ(x∗,x1)B_\psi(x^*, x^1)Bψ​(x∗,x1); then for the simplex, the 1-strong convexity of ψe\psi_eψe​ for ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ (Proposition 5.1(a), Remark 5.1), the bound Bψe(x∗,n−1e)≤ln⁡nB_{\psi_e}(x^*, n^{-1}e) \le \ln nBψe​​(x∗,n−1e)≤lnn (Proposition 5.1(c)), and the identification of the EDA with SANP.

Significance

The result shows that for nonsmooth convex minimisation over the simplex an explicit first-order method attains accuracy ε\varepsilonε in O(Lf2ln⁡n/ε2)O(L_f^2\ln n/\varepsilon^2)O(Lf2​lnn/ε2) iterations, with LfL_fLf​ measured in the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ dual norm. The general estimate of Theorem 4.2 applies to any norm and any strongly convex potential, and is the template for later analyses of mirror descent, its stochastic and online variants, and mirror-prox methods.

Formalizing the paper produces a norm-agnostic, machine-checked proof of the mirror descent efficiency estimate, in which subgradients are dual-space objects and the dual norm is explicit, and a verified link between the entropy, the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ geometry and the multiplicative-weights update. To our knowledge none of these statements is formalized; existing formal developments of online mirror descent work in Euclidean space with Legendre potentials and bound regret for linear losses, which is a different statement.

Difficulty

The algebra of Theorem 4.1 is short, but it rests on facts that are not available off the shelf. The first-order optimality condition (4.16) must be derived for a minimiser over a convex set without assuming the set has interior (the simplex has none in Rn\mathbb R^nRn). The bound Bψ(u,y)≥σ2∥u−y∥2B_\psi(u, y) \ge \tfrac\sigma2\|u - y\|^2Bψ​(u,y)≥2σ​∥u−y∥2 must be obtained from the chord definition of strong convexity for an arbitrary norm. On the simplex, strong convexity of the entropy with respect to ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ is a form of Pinsker's inequality, and it must hold on the closed simplex, where the entropy is not differentiable at the boundary. Finally, the EDA must be shown to be the exact minimiser of the SANP subproblem over Δ\DeltaΔ, which is a Gibbs variational principle. A tempting shortcut, working throughout in Euclidean space, fails: it changes the dual norm of the subgradients from ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ to ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and the strong convexity constant of the entropy, and loses the ln⁡n\ln nlnn rate.

Formalization scope

Sections 3–4 live in a general real normed space; a subgradient is a continuous linear functional, ⟨u,f′(x)⟩\langle u, f'(x)\rangle⟨u,f′(x)⟩ is its value at uuu, and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is the operator norm. ∇ψ\nabla\psi∇ψ is the Fréchet derivative. Iterates are indexed from 111. A SANP run is a predicate on sequences: each step size is positive, each iterate lies in XXX, ψ\psiψ is differentiable there, and the next iterate minimises the SANP objective. This encodes the paper's standing assumption that SANP is well defined, and replaces "XXX has nonempty interior" and "x1∈int⁡Xx^1 \in \operatorname{int} Xx1∈intX". Section 5 works on Rn\mathbb R^nRn as functions {1,…,n}→R\{1, \dots, n\} \to \mathbb R{1,…,n}→R with explicit ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ sums; int⁡Δ\operatorname{int}\DeltaintΔ is the relative interior, and the entropy formula is evaluated on Δ\DeltaΔ only. "min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡Xf≤R\min_{1\le s\le k} f(x^s) - \min_X f \le Rmin1≤s≤k​f(xs)−minX​f≤R" is stated as the existence of s∈{1,…,k}s \in \{1, \dots, k\}s∈{1,…,k} with f(xs)−f(x∗)≤Rf(x^s) - f(x^*) \le Rf(xs)−f(x∗)≤R.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item: a bound ∥f′(x)∥∗≤Lf\|f'(x)\|_* \le L_f∥f′(x)∥∗​≤Lf​ on the oracle (used by the proofs of Theorems 4.1(b), 4.2 and 5.1, not implied by the Lipschitz condition for subgradients relative to XXX); D−1b>0D^{-1}b > 0D−1b>0 in Proposition 4.1, without which the proposition as printed is false; Lf>0L_f > 0Lf​>0 in the step sizes. The step sizes of (4.23) and of the EDA are constant over a fixed horizon kkk, which is what the proof chooses; Theorem 5.1 is stated with LfL_fLf​, since the free index in the printed bound (5.28) cannot be bound, and LfL_fLf​ is what the proof yields.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: BψB_\psiBψ​ is never evaluated where fderiv is a junk value (the run requires differentiability at every iterate), the SANP step is never chosen by Classical.epsilon, the bound of Theorem 5.1 is not stated with a maximum of ∥f′(xs)∥∞\|f'(x^s)\|_\infty∥f′(xs)∥∞​ over the run, and the step is not an anytime schedule ts∝1/st_s \propto 1/\sqrt sts​∝1/s​.

A complete development needs first-order optimality conditions over convex sets, strong convexity and Bregman distances in normed spaces, Pinsker-type inequalities for finite distributions, and the Gibbs variational principle. These are reusable beyond this mission; proofs of any milestone, and general lemmas that serve several of them, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, Mirror descent and nonlinear projected subgradient methods for convex optimization, Oper. Res. Lett. 31 (2003) 167–175. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6
  • A. Ben-Tal, T. Margalit, A. Nemirovski, The ordered subsets mirror descent optimization method with applications to tomography, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001) 79–108. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499354564
  • A. Nemirovsky, D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • G. Chen, M. Teboulle, Convergence analysis of a proximal-like minimization algorithm using Bregman functions, SIAM J. Optim. 3 (1993) 538–543. https://doi.org/10.1137/0803026
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal–Dual Splitting Method for Convex Optimization Involving Lipschitzian, Proximable and Linear Composite Terms II: With F = 0, Iterates Converge Weakly to a Primal–Dual Solution When στ‖L‖² < 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in imaging, signal processing and statistics are convex minimizations of the form

min⁡x∈X F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),x∈Xmin​ F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),

where FFF is smooth, GGG and HHH are nonsmooth but have computable proximity operators, and LLL is a bounded linear operator, for example a discrete gradient in total-variation denoising. Primal–dual splitting methods solve such problems using only ∇F\nabla F∇F, the proximity operators of GGG and H∗H^*H∗, and applications of LLL and L∗L^*L∗, without ever inverting LLL or computing the proximity operator of H∘LH\circ LH∘L.

Condat's 2013 paper (JOTA 158(2):460–479; final author's version HAL hal-00609728v5) introduced Algorithms 3.1 and 3.2, which handle all three kinds of terms at once, allow relaxation and summable errors, and contain earlier methods as special cases. Together with the closely related work of Vũ (Adv. Comput. Math. 2013), it is the standard reference for the "Condat–Vũ" algorithm.

Timeline. Chambolle and Pock (2011) proved convergence of their primal–dual algorithm, without a smooth term and without relaxation, under στ∥L∥2<1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1στ∥L∥2<1 (J. Math. Imaging Vis. 40). He and Yuan (2012) interpreted it as a proximal point algorithm in a modified metric (SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 5). Condat (2013) added the smooth term FFF, relaxation and errors (Theorem 3.1), and, for F=0F=0F=0, proved weak convergence for relaxation parameters up to 222 (Theorem 3.2), the result of this mission.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY be real Hilbert spaces and L:X→YL:\mathcal X\to\mathcal YL:X→Y a bounded linear operator with adjoint L∗L^*L∗ and operator norm ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥. Write Γ0(H)\Gamma_0(\mathcal H)Γ0​(H) for the proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions H→R∪{+∞}\mathcal H\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}H→R∪{+∞}. For J∈Γ0(H)J\in\Gamma_0(\mathcal H)J∈Γ0​(H), the conjugate is J∗(s)=sup⁡s′[⟨s,s′⟩−J(s′)]J^*(s)=\sup_{s'}[\langle s,s'\rangle-J(s')]J∗(s)=sups′​[⟨s,s′⟩−J(s′)], the proximity operator is proxJ(s)=arg⁡min⁡s′[J(s′)+12∥s−s′∥2]\mathrm{prox}_J(s)=\arg\min_{s'}[J(s')+\tfrac12\|s-s'\|^2]proxJ​(s)=argmins′​[J(s′)+21​∥s−s′∥2], and the subdifferential is ∂J(u)={v: J(u)+⟨v,u′−u⟩≤J(u′) ∀u′}\partial J(u)=\{v:\ J(u)+\langle v,u'-u\rangle\le J(u')\ \forall u'\}∂J(u)={v: J(u)+⟨v,u′−u⟩≤J(u′) ∀u′}.

Fix G∈Γ0(X)G\in\Gamma_0(\mathcal X)G∈Γ0​(X), H∈Γ0(Y)H\in\Gamma_0(\mathcal Y)H∈Γ0​(Y) and F:X→RF:\mathcal X\to\mathbb RF:X→R. The primal–dual inclusion (6) asks for (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) with

0∈∂G(x^)+L∗y^+∇F(x^),0∈−Lx^+∂H∗(y^);0\in\partial G(\hat x)+L^*\hat y+\nabla F(\hat x),\qquad 0\in-L\hat x+\partial H^*(\hat y);0∈∂G(x^)+L∗y^​+∇F(x^),0∈−Lx^+∂H∗(y^​);

then x^\hat xx^ minimizes F+G+H∘LF+G+H\circ LF+G+H∘L and y^\hat yy^​ solves the dual problem. The paper assumes this inclusion has a solution.

Given τ,σ>0\tau,\sigma>0τ,σ>0, relaxation parameters (ρn)(\rho_n)(ρn​) and error terms eF,n,eG,n∈Xe_{F,n},e_{G,n}\in\mathcal XeF,n​,eG,n​∈X, eH,n∈Ye_{H,n}\in\mathcal YeH,n​∈Y, Algorithm 3.1 iterates, from any (x0,y0)(x_0,y_0)(x0​,y0​),

x~n+1=proxτG(xn−τ(∇F(xn)+eF,n)−τL∗yn)+eG,n,\tilde x_{n+1}=\mathrm{prox}_{\tau G}\big(x_n-\tau(\nabla F(x_n)+e_{F,n})-\tau L^*y_n\big)+e_{G,n},x~n+1​=proxτG​(xn​−τ(∇F(xn​)+eF,n​)−τL∗yn​)+eG,n​, y~n+1=proxσH∗(yn+σL(2x~n+1−xn))+eH,n,\tilde y_{n+1}=\mathrm{prox}_{\sigma H^*}\big(y_n+\sigma L(2\tilde x_{n+1}-x_n)\big)+e_{H,n},y~​n+1​=proxσH∗​(yn​+σL(2x~n+1​−xn​))+eH,n​, (xn+1,yn+1)=ρn(x~n+1,y~n+1)+(1−ρn)(xn,yn).(x_{n+1},y_{n+1})=\rho_n(\tilde x_{n+1},\tilde y_{n+1})+(1-\rho_n)(x_n,y_n).(xn+1​,yn+1​)=ρn​(x~n+1​,y~​n+1​)+(1−ρn​)(xn​,yn​).

Algorithm 3.2 exchanges the roles: it computes y~n+1\tilde y_{n+1}y~​n+1​ from yn+σLxny_n+\sigma Lx_nyn​+σLxn​ first, then x~n+1\tilde x_{n+1}x~n+1​ using L∗(2y~n+1−yn)L^*(2\tilde y_{n+1}-y_n)L∗(2y~​n+1​−yn​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

Suppose F=0F=0F=0 and eF,n=0e_{F,n}=0eF,n​=0, τ,σ>0\tau,\sigma>0τ,σ>0, and

στ∥L∥2<1,ρn∈ ]0,2[,∑nρn(2−ρn)=+∞,∑nρn∥eG,n∥<+∞,  ∑nρn∥eH,n∥<+∞.\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1,\qquad \rho_n\in\,]0,2[,\qquad \sum_n\rho_n(2-\rho_n)=+\infty,\qquad \sum_n\rho_n\|e_{G,n}\|<+\infty,\ \ \sum_n\rho_n\|e_{H,n}\|<+\infty.στ∥L∥2<1,ρn​∈]0,2[,n∑​ρn​(2−ρn​)=+∞,n∑​ρn​∥eG,n​∥<+∞,  n∑​ρn​∥eH,n​∥<+∞.

Then for every run of Algorithm 3.1, and for every run of Algorithm 3.2, there is a solution (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) of (6) with xn⇀x^x_n\rightharpoonup\hat xxn​⇀x^ and yn⇀y^y_n\rightharpoonup\hat yyn​⇀y^​ weakly.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1 (Krasnosel'skii–Mann): relaxed inexact iterates of a nonexpansive map converge weakly to a fixed point.
  2. Lemma 4.2 (proximal point algorithm): for maximally monotone MMM, sn+1=sn+ρn((I+M)−1sn+en−sn)s_{n+1}=s_n+\rho_n((I+M)^{-1}s_n+e_n-s_n)sn+1​=sn​+ρn​((I+M)−1sn​+en​−sn​) converges weakly to a zero of MMM under the same conditions on ρn\rho_nρn​, ene_nen​ as the goal.
  3. PPP bounded from below: if στ∥L∥2<1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1στ∥L∥2<1, the operators P=(τ−1I−L∗−Lσ−1I)P=\begin{pmatrix}\tau^{-1}I&-L^*\\-L&\sigma^{-1}I\end{pmatrix}P=(τ−1I−L​−L∗σ−1I​) and P′P'P′ (with +L∗+L^*+L∗, +L+L+L) satisfy ⟨z,Pz⟩≥c∥z∥2\langle z,Pz\rangle\ge c\|z\|^2⟨z,Pz⟩≥c∥z∥2.
  4. Inclusions (22) and (44): each error-free step satisfies −(∇F(xn),0)∈A(z~n+1)+P(z~n+1−zn)-(\nabla F(x_n),0)\in A(\tilde z_{n+1})+P(\tilde z_{n+1}-z_n)−(∇F(xn​),0)∈A(z~n+1​)+P(z~n+1​−zn​) (resp. P′P'P′), where A(x,y)=(∂G(x)+L∗y)×(−Lx+∂H∗(y))A(x,y)=(\partial G(x)+L^*y)\times(-Lx+\partial H^*(y))A(x,y)=(∂G(x)+L∗y)×(−Lx+∂H∗(y)); with F=0F=0F=0 the left side is 000.
  5. AAA is maximally monotone on X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y.

Further items

Remark 3.2 (the goal with FFF affine, β=0\beta=0β=0, instead of F=0F=0F=0) and Theorem 5.2 (the version with m≥2m\ge2m≥2 composite terms ∑iHi(Lix)\sum_iH_i(L_ix)∑i​Hi​(Li​x) and condition στ∥∑iLi∗Li∥<1\sigma\tau\|\sum_iL_i^*L_i\|<1στ∥∑i​Li∗​Li​∥<1).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 covers the Chambolle–Pock algorithm with relaxation ρn∈ ]0,2[\rho_n\in\,]0,2[ρn​∈]0,2[ and summable errors, in arbitrary real Hilbert spaces. Over-relaxation ρn>1\rho_n>1ρn​>1 often speeds the method up in practice, and the error terms justify inexact proximity operators. Theorem 5.2 extends it to any finite number of composite terms by full splitting. The convergence statement makes no reference to a Lipschitz constant, so it applies whenever the problem has no smooth part.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version of Theorem 3.2, of the Krasnosel'skii–Mann lemma with errors, or of the proximal point algorithm under the condition ∑ρn(2−ρn)=+∞\sum\rho_n(2-\rho_n)=+\infty∑ρn​(2−ρn​)=+∞ is known to exist. A formal proof would supply reusable pieces of monotone-operator theory in Hilbert spaces: weak convergence of Fejér-type iterations, the change of metric induced by a positive operator, and maximal monotonicity of sums with a skew operator.

Difficulty

The algorithm is not a fixed-point iteration of a nonexpansive map in the original inner product: the coupling between the primal and dual steps breaks nonexpansiveness. The difficulty is to find a metric in which it becomes one, to show this metric is equivalent to the original one (which is where στ∥L∥2<1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1στ∥L∥2<1, strictly, is needed), and to transfer maximal monotonicity, zeros and summability of the errors to the new metric. Weak convergence in infinite dimension also requires an Opial-type argument rather than compactness. Mathlib provides inner product spaces, the operator norm and adjoints, but neither maximal monotone operators nor resolvents nor Krasnosel'skii–Mann iteration theory.

Formalization scope

The spaces are real Hilbert spaces (InnerProductSpace ℝ and CompleteSpace). Functions valued in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞} are EReal-valued, with Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ the published IsProperClosedConvex. The conjugate is an EReal supremum, so H∗H^*H∗ can take the value +∞+\infty+∞. Proximity operators enter as maps with the published IsProx property; the subdifferential is the published IsSubgradient. The product X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y with the inner product ⟨x,x′⟩+⟨y,y′⟩\langle x,x'\rangle+\langle y,y'\rangle⟨x,x′⟩+⟨y,y′⟩ is WithLp 2 (X × Y). Weak convergence is ⟨xn,v⟩→⟨x^,v⟩\langle x_n,v\rangle\to\langle\hat x,v\rangle⟨xn​,v⟩→⟨x^,v⟩ for all vvv. "∑an=+∞\sum a_n=+\infty∑an​=+∞" means partial sums tend to +∞+\infty+∞, and "∑ρn∥en∥<+∞\sum\rho_n\|e_n\|<+\infty∑ρn​∥en​∥<+∞" means summability of a nonnegative series.

Standing assumptions are hypotheses: G,H∈Γ0G,H\in\Gamma_0G,H∈Γ0​, and (6) has a solution. With F=0F=0F=0 the smoothness assumption on FFF is automatic. The paper's assumption that (1) has a minimizer follows from the solvability of (6) and is not stated. The goal is a conjunction over the two algorithms, and the limit (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) is chosen after the run.

The condition is strict, στ∥L∥2<1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1στ∥L∥2<1, and relaxation is open, ρn∈ ]0,2[\rho_n\in\,]0,2[ρn​∈]0,2[. A goal quantifying over no run, assuming the limit exists, or fixing (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) before the initial point would be a different and weaker statement. Proofs of the milestones, of Theorem 5.2 via the product-space identities (49)–(52), and general results on monotone operators are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158(2):460–479, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0245-9 (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-00609728)
  • A. Chambolle, T. Pock, A first-order primal-dual algorithm for convex problems with applications to imaging, J. Math. Imaging Vis. 40:120–145, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10851-010-0251-1
  • B. He, X. Yuan, Convergence analysis of primal-dual algorithms for a saddle-point problem: from contraction perspective, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 5(1):119–149, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100814494
  • B. C. Vũ, A splitting algorithm for dual monotone inclusions involving cocoercive operators, Adv. Comput. Math. 38:667–681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-011-9254-8
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • P. L. Combettes, Solving monotone inclusions via compositions of nonexpansive averaged operators, Optimization 53:475–504, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1080/02331930412331327157
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal–Dual Splitting Method for Convex Optimization Involving Lipschitzian, Proximable and Linear Composite Terms III: In Finite Dimension with F = 0, Iterates Converge When στ‖L‖² ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in imaging, signal processing and statistics take the form

min⁡x∈X F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),x∈Xmin​ F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx),

where GGG and HHH are convex functions whose proximity operators can be computed cheaply, LLL is a linear operator such as a finite-difference gradient, and FFF is smooth. Total-variation denoising, the lasso with a structured penalty, and constrained least squares are of this type. Because H∘LH\circ LH∘L is generally not proximable even when HHH is, practical methods split the problem so that each step uses only proxτG\mathrm{prox}_{\tau G}proxτG​, proxσH∗\mathrm{prox}_{\sigma H^*}proxσH∗​, LLL and L∗L^*L∗, without inverting any operator.

L. Condat (J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158 (2013)) introduced a relaxed, inexact primal–dual iteration of this kind; B. C. Vũ (Adv. Comput. Math. 38 (2013)) studied the same structure for monotone inclusions. With F=0F=0F=0 the iteration is exactly the method of Chambolle and Pock (J. Math. Imaging Vis. 40 (2011)). They proved convergence in finite dimension assuming τσ∥L∥2<1\tau\sigma\|L\|^2<1τσ∥L∥2<1, ρn≡1\rho_n\equiv1ρn​≡1 and no errors. He and Yuan (SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 5 (2012)) extended this to a constant relaxation ρn≡ρ∈ ]0,2[\rho_n\equiv\rho\in\,]0,2[ρn​≡ρ∈]0,2[ under the same other hypotheses (Condat, §3.1.1). Condat's paper proves three convergence theorems. This mission is the third: in finite dimension and with F=0F=0F=0, the iterates converge under the step-size condition στ∥L∥2≤1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2\le1στ∥L∥2≤1, equality included. Equality matters in practice: one can set σ=1/(τ∥L∥2)\sigma=1/(\tau\|L\|^2)σ=1/(τ∥L∥2) and tune a single parameter, as in the Douglas–Rachford method.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY be real Hilbert spaces and L:X→YL:\mathcal X\to\mathcal YL:X→Y a bounded linear operator with adjoint L∗L^*L∗ and operator norm ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥. Write Γ0(H)\Gamma_0(\mathcal H)Γ0​(H) for the proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions H→R∪{+∞}\mathcal H\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}H→R∪{+∞}, and let G∈Γ0(X)G\in\Gamma_0(\mathcal X)G∈Γ0​(X), H∈Γ0(Y)H\in\Gamma_0(\mathcal Y)H∈Γ0​(Y). The Fenchel conjugate is H∗(s)=sup⁡s′[⟨s,s′⟩−H(s′)]H^*(s)=\sup_{s'}[\langle s,s'\rangle-H(s')]H∗(s)=sups′​[⟨s,s′⟩−H(s′)], the proximity operator is proxJ(s)=argmin⁡s′[J(s′)+12∥s−s′∥2]\mathrm{prox}_J(s)=\operatorname{argmin}_{s'}[J(s')+\tfrac12\|s-s'\|^2]proxJ​(s)=argmins′​[J(s′)+21​∥s−s′∥2], and the subdifferential is ∂J(u)={v: ⟨u′−u,v⟩+J(u)≤J(u′) ∀u′}\partial J(u)=\{v:\ \langle u'-u,v\rangle+J(u)\le J(u')\ \forall u'\}∂J(u)={v: ⟨u′−u,v⟩+J(u)≤J(u′) ∀u′}.

The primal–dual inclusion (6) asks for (x^,y^)∈X×Y(\hat x,\hat y)\in\mathcal X\times\mathcal Y(x^,y^​)∈X×Y with

0∈∂G(x^)+L∗y^+∇F(x^),0∈−Lx^+∂H∗(y^).0\in\partial G(\hat x)+L^*\hat y+\nabla F(\hat x),\qquad 0\in-L\hat x+\partial H^*(\hat y).0∈∂G(x^)+L∗y^​+∇F(x^),0∈−Lx^+∂H∗(y^​).

A solution gives a minimiser x^\hat xx^ of the primal problem and a solution y^\hat yy^​ of its dual.

Algorithm 3.1 chooses τ>0\tau>0τ>0, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, relaxation parameters (ρn)(\rho_n)(ρn​), error terms (eF,n),(eG,n),(eH,n)(e_{F,n}),(e_{G,n}),(e_{H,n})(eF,n​),(eG,n​),(eH,n​) and an initial estimate (x0,y0)(x_0,y_0)(x0​,y0​), then iterates

x~n+1=proxτG(xn−τ(∇F(xn)+eF,n)−τL∗yn)+eG,n,y~n+1=proxσH∗(yn+σL(2x~n+1−xn))+eH,n,\tilde x_{n+1}=\mathrm{prox}_{\tau G}\big(x_n-\tau(\nabla F(x_n)+e_{F,n})-\tau L^*y_n\big)+e_{G,n},\qquad \tilde y_{n+1}=\mathrm{prox}_{\sigma H^*}\big(y_n+\sigma L(2\tilde x_{n+1}-x_n)\big)+e_{H,n},x~n+1​=proxτG​(xn​−τ(∇F(xn​)+eF,n​)−τL∗yn​)+eG,n​,y~​n+1​=proxσH∗​(yn​+σL(2x~n+1​−xn​))+eH,n​, (xn+1,yn+1)=ρn(x~n+1,y~n+1)+(1−ρn)(xn,yn).(x_{n+1},y_{n+1})=\rho_n(\tilde x_{n+1},\tilde y_{n+1})+(1-\rho_n)(x_n,y_n).(xn+1​,yn+1​)=ρn​(x~n+1​,y~​n+1​)+(1−ρn​)(xn​,yn​).

Algorithm 3.2 swaps the roles of the primal and dual variables: the dual step comes first, and the primal step uses 2y~n+1−yn2\tilde y_{n+1}-y_n2y~​n+1​−yn​. Section 5 extends both to ∑i=1mHi(Lix)\sum_{i=1}^mH_i(L_ix)∑i=1m​Hi​(Li​x) (Algorithms 5.1 and 5.2), with the inclusion (48) in place of (6).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 6)

Let X\mathcal XX, Y\mathcal YY be finite-dimensional, F=0F=0F=0, eF,n=0e_{F,n}=0eF,n​=0, and assume (6) has a solution. If

(i) στ∥L∥2≤1,(ii) ρn∈[ε,2−ε]  ∀n, for some ε>0,(iii) ∑n∥eG,n∥<∞, ∑n∥eH,n∥<∞,\text{(i)}\ \sigma\tau\|L\|^2\le1,\qquad \text{(ii)}\ \rho_n\in[\varepsilon,2-\varepsilon]\ \ \forall n,\ \text{for some }\varepsilon>0,\qquad \text{(iii)}\ \textstyle\sum_n\|e_{G,n}\|<\infty,\ \sum_n\|e_{H,n}\|<\infty,(i) στ∥L∥2≤1,(ii) ρn​∈[ε,2−ε]  ∀n, for some ε>0,(iii) ∑n​∥eG,n​∥<∞, ∑n​∥eH,n​∥<∞,

then for every run of Algorithm 3.1, and for every run of Algorithm 3.2, (xn,yn)(x_n,y_n)(xn​,yn​) converges to a solution (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) of (6).

Milestones (from the proof, pp. 8–13)

With P(x,y)=(1τx−L∗y, −Lx+1σy)P(x,y)=(\tfrac1\tau x-L^*y,\,-Lx+\tfrac1\sigma y)P(x,y)=(τ1​x−L∗y,−Lx+σ1​y) the operator (20) and T(x,y)=(x~,y~)T(x,y)=(\tilde x,\tilde y)T(x,y)=(x~,y~​) the error-free step of Algorithm 3.1:

  • PPP (and P′P'P′ of (44)) is positive under (i): ⟨z,Pz⟩≥0\langle z,Pz\rangle\ge0⟨z,Pz⟩≥0;
  • TTT depends on zzz only through PzPzPz (the paper's T∘S=TT\circ S=TT∘S=T, (32)–(33));
  • on solutions of (6), PT(z)=PzPT(z)=PzPT(z)=Pz ((41)–(42));
  • PT(z)=PzPT(z)=PzPT(z)=Pz implies that T(z)T(z)T(z) solves (6) (via (35));
  • TTT is continuous;
  • Lemma 4.1 (Krasnosel'skii–Mann iteration) and Lemma 4.6 (Polyak's lemma).

Further statements

Remark 3.2 (Theorem 3.3 with FFF affine, i.e. β=0\beta=0β=0 in (2)) and Theorem 5.3 (the analogue for m≥2m\ge2m≥2 composite terms, with (i) replaced by στ∥∑iLi∗Li∥≤1\sigma\tau\|\sum_iL_i^*L_i\|\le1στ∥∑i​Li∗​Li​∥≤1) are included as draft theorems.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 is the convergence guarantee behind the common practice of running the Chambolle–Pock iteration and its relaxed variants at the critical step size στ∥L∥2=1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2=1στ∥L∥2=1. It covers relaxation parameters up to 2−ε2-\varepsilon2−ε and summable errors in both proximity operators. It applies directly to the discrete models of imaging and statistics, which are finite-dimensional. Theorem 5.3 extends it to any finite number of composite terms in parallel.

None of the statements of this paper is formalized on the platform. Machine-checked convergence proofs for primal–dual splitting are not available in Mathlib. The mission would produce the first ones, together with two standalone tools of general use: the inexact Krasnosel'skii–Mann theorem (Lemma 4.1), and Polyak's recursive-inequality lemma (Lemma 4.6), which is a standard tool for stochastic and inexact iterations.

Difficulty

The usual proof treats the iteration as a proximal-point or forward–backward step in the space X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y with the inner product ⟨z,Pz′⟩\langle z,Pz'\rangle⟨z,Pz′⟩. That argument needs PPP strictly positive, which is exactly what fails when στ∥L∥2=1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2=1στ∥L∥2=1: then PPP has a nontrivial kernel, ⟨z,Pz⟩\langle z,Pz\rangle⟨z,Pz⟩ is only a seminorm, and weak convergence in the PPP-geometry says nothing about the components of zzz in ker⁡P\ker PkerP. The proof replaces the iteration by its "shadow" SznSz_nSzn​ on ran⁡P\operatorname{ran}PranP, uses that TTT factors through SSS, and recovers the full iterates through continuity of TTT and a recursive inequality. The last step requires strong convergence of the shadow sequence, which is where finite dimension enters. Infinite-dimensional versions require different arguments and are not claimed here.

Formalization scope

Spaces are real inner product spaces with CompleteSpace; the goal and Theorem 5.3 add FiniteDimensional. Functions in Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ take values in EReal and satisfy the published predicate IsProperClosedConvex (never −∞-\infty−∞, finite somewhere, lower semicontinuous, convex epigraph). The conjugate is an EReal supremum. Proximity operators are maps PGP_GPG​, PHP_HPH​ satisfying the published minimisation predicate IsProx for τG\tau GτG and σH∗\sigma H^*σH∗; such maps exist and are unique for Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ functions. The subdifferential is the published IsSubgradient. Runs of the algorithms are predicates on pairs of sequences with arbitrary initial point, and the limit is chosen after the run. "=+∞=+\infty=+∞" for a series is divergence of its partial sums, "<+∞<+\infty<+∞" is summability of a nonnegative series, and convergence in the goal is norm convergence.

The standing assumptions of pp. 3–4 are hypotheses: G,H∈Γ0G,H\in\Gamma_0G,H∈Γ0​, and (6) has a solution. The paper's other standing assumption, that problem (1) has a minimiser, follows from the second and is omitted. In the milestones, the operators PPP and TTT are plain maps on X×Y\mathcal X\times\mathcal YX×Y. The projector SSS is not built: "T∘S=TT\circ S=TT∘S=T" is stated as "Pz=Pz′⇒T(z)=T(z′)Pz=Pz'\Rightarrow T(z)=T(z')Pz=Pz′⇒T(z)=T(z′)", which is equivalent because PPP is self-adjoint. Each milestone drops finite dimension, so it is stated at least as strongly as on the page.

The strict inequality στ∥L∥2<1\sigma\tau\|L\|^2<1στ∥L∥2<1 would make the goal a corollary of the weaker Theorem 3.2 with an extra finite-dimensional upgrade. The goal keeps ≤\le≤. Weak convergence in place of norm convergence, an ε\varepsilonε chosen after nnn, or a solution of (6) fixed before the run would each weaken the theorem, and all are excluded.

Useful infrastructure includes: firm nonexpansiveness of prox\mathrm{prox}prox for EReal-valued Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ functions; Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​-ness of the conjugate and Moreau's identity; maximal monotonicity of ∂G×∂H∗\partial G\times\partial H^*∂G×∂H∗ plus a skew operator; and the inexact Krasnosel'skii–Mann theorem. All of it can be reused for Theorems 3.1 and 3.2 of the same paper, and for Douglas–Rachford and three-operator splitting. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • L. Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158(2):460–479, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0245-9 (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-00609728v5)
  • B. C. Vũ, A splitting algorithm for dual monotone inclusions involving cocoercive operators, Adv. Comput. Math. 38:667–681, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-011-9254-8
  • A. Chambolle, T. Pock, A first-order primal–dual algorithm for convex problems with applications to imaging, J. Math. Imaging Vis. 40:120–145, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10851-010-0251-1
  • P. L. Combettes, Solving monotone inclusions via compositions of nonexpansive averaged operators, Optimization 53:475–504, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1080/02331930412331327157
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • B. T. Polyak, Introduction to Optimization, Optimization Software, New York, 1987.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal–Dual Splitting Method for Convex Optimization Involving Lipschitzian, Proximable and Linear Composite Terms I: Iterates Converge Weakly to a Primal–Dual Solution When 1/τ − σ‖L‖² ≥ β/2Research Paper

Motivation

Many convex optimization models combine a smooth loss, a nonsmooth penalty whose proximity operator is easy to compute, and a second penalty applied after a linear map. Imaging models, for example, often place a data-fitting term on the image and a regularizer on its transformed coefficients. The resulting objective has the form F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx)F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx)F(x)+G(x)+H(Lx). Condat's primal–dual method evaluates the smooth gradient and two proximity operators separately, without requiring a proximity operator for the composite H∘LH\circ LH∘L. Condat, 2013 establishes weak convergence with relaxation and summably weighted computational errors. This mission targets its main positive-smoothness theorem, Theorem 3.1, in the final author's version.

The theorem matters when a computed gradient or proximal point is inexact, as is common when a proximal subproblem is itself solved numerically. Its conditions account for these errors directly rather than treating the displayed algorithm as exact. It also gives one parameter regime for two orders of updating the primal and dual variables. These two algorithms share an objective and a solution inclusion, but have distinct recursions.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY be real Hilbert spaces and let L:X→YL:\mathcal X\to\mathcal YL:X→Y be bounded linear, with adjoint L∗L^*L∗. The smooth term F:X→RF:\mathcal X\to\mathbb RF:X→R is convex and differentiable. Its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz when ∥∇F(x)−∇F(x′)∥≤β∥x−x′∥\|\nabla F(x)-\nabla F(x')\|\le\beta\|x-x'\|∥∇F(x)−∇F(x′)∥≤β∥x−x′∥ for all x,x′x,x'x,x′. The nonsmooth terms GGG and HHH are proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. Such functions form the class Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​. An infinite value may encode a constraint.

For a convex function JJJ, its proximity operator prox⁡γJ(s)\operatorname{prox}_{\gamma J}(s)proxγJ​(s) minimizes J(u)+∥u−s∥2/(2γ)J(u)+\|u-s\|^2/(2\gamma)J(u)+∥u−s∥2/(2γ) over uuu, where γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. The Fenchel conjugate is J∗(v)=sup⁡u{⟨v,u⟩−J(u)}J^*(v)=\sup_u\{\langle v,u\rangle-J(u)\}J∗(v)=supu​{⟨v,u⟩−J(u)}. A subgradient v∈∂J(u)v\in\partial J(u)v∈∂J(u) obeys J(u)+⟨v,u′−u⟩≤J(u′)J(u)+\langle v,u'-u\rangle\le J(u')J(u)+⟨v,u′−u⟩≤J(u′) for every u′u'u′. The sought primal–dual solution (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) satisfies

−L∗y^−∇F(x^)∈∂G(x^),Lx^∈∂H∗(y^).-L^*\hat y-\nabla F(\hat x)\in\partial G(\hat x),\qquad L\hat x\in\partial H^*(\hat y).−L∗y^​−∇F(x^)∈∂G(x^),Lx^∈∂H∗(y^​).

Algorithms 3.1 and 3.2 maintain sequences xn∈Xx_n\in\mathcal Xxn​∈X and yn∈Yy_n\in\mathcal Yyn​∈Y. Algorithm 3.1 updates the primal proximity step before the dual one; Algorithm 3.2 reverses that order. Each uses positive step sizes τ,σ\tau,\sigmaτ,σ, positive relaxation weights ρn\rho_nρn​, and errors eF,ne_{F,n}eF,n​, eG,ne_{G,n}eG,n​ and eH,ne_{H,n}eH,n​ in the gradient and the two proximal evaluations. Their full recursions are part of the Lean setting, so a run is determined by its initial pair. The paper specifies the problem in §2 and both algorithms in §3.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.1 on p. 5. Suppose β>0\beta>0β>0, the primal–dual solution set is nonempty, and G,H∈Γ0G,H\in\Gamma_0G,H∈Γ0​. Set

δ=2−β2(1τ−σ∥L∥2)−1.\delta=2-\frac{\beta}{2}\left(\frac1\tau-\sigma\|L\|^2\right)^{-1}.δ=2−2β​(τ1​−σ∥L∥2)−1.

For τ,σ>0\tau,\sigma>0τ,σ>0, the theorem assumes

1τ−σ∥L∥2≥β2,0<ρn<δfor every n,\frac1\tau-\sigma\|L\|^2\ge\frac\beta2,\qquad 0<\rho_n<\delta\quad\text{for every }n,τ1​−σ∥L∥2≥2β​,0<ρn​<δfor every n, ∑n≥0ρn(δ−ρn)=+∞,∑n≥0ρn∥eF,n∥<∞,∑n≥0ρn∥eG,n∥<∞,∑n≥0ρn∥eH,n∥<∞.\sum_{n\ge0}\rho_n(\delta-\rho_n)=+\infty,\qquad\sum_{n\ge0}\rho_n\|e_{F,n}\|<\infty,\quad\sum_{n\ge0}\rho_n\|e_{G,n}\|<\infty,\quad\sum_{n\ge0}\rho_n\|e_{H,n}\|<\infty.n≥0∑​ρn​(δ−ρn​)=+∞,n≥0∑​ρn​∥eF,n​∥<∞,n≥0∑​ρn​∥eG,n​∥<∞,n≥0∑​ρn​∥eH,n​∥<∞.

Under these conditions, both sequences of each algorithm converge weakly to the components of a primal–dual solution. The solution may depend on the initial pair and on the run. The milestone list includes Lemmas 4.1 and 4.3–4.5, the strict positivity claim for the block operator PPP, estimate (29), and the error-free optimality inclusions (22) and (44), ordered as preliminary results followed by the two algorithm-specific claims. These targets match the results stated in §4 of the source version.

Significance

The result supplies a convergence guarantee for a composite objective under an explicit coupling condition on τ\tauτ, σ\sigmaσ, and ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥. It permits relaxation weights that vary with nnn and errors that are summable only after weighting by those same relaxation values. The dual conclusion is substantive: convergence of the primal sequence alone would not give convergence of the dual certificate produced by the algorithm. The weak topology is appropriate in general Hilbert spaces; norm convergence would assert more than the paper proves.

The theorem is proved in the 2013 paper. The present formalization task is to give its statement and the selected operator lemmas machine-checked proofs in Lean. Related platform definitions for proximal maps, monotone operators, nonexpansive maps, subgradients and weak convergence already exist; the paper-specific convergence theorem and its selected milestones are new targets in this proposal. The resulting definitions and abstract Lemmas 4.1, 4.3–4.5 can be reused in later operator-splitting developments.

Difficulty

The displayed recursions involve three errors, two proximal evaluations, a linear map and its adjoint, and two different update orders. A direct estimate on ∥xn+1−x^∥\|x_{n+1}-\hat x\|∥xn+1​−x^∥ does not by itself control the coupled dual variable, while a bound on only the combined objective value would not establish weak convergence of either iterate. The relaxation condition permits weights without a fixed positive lower bound, so a convergence argument cannot replace the stated divergent series by a simpler constant-step assumption. The abstract lemmas must also retain the endpoints α2=1\alpha_2=1α2​=1 and γ=2κ\gamma=2\kappaγ=2κ present in the source.

Formalization scope

Lean uses complete real inner-product spaces for X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY, a continuous linear map for LLL, and EReal for GGG, HHH and their conjugates. The conjugate supremum is taken in EReal. The paper's Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ class and proximity maps use published definitions; the latter are parameters constrained to be the actual proximal minimizers. Positive step sizes and proper closed convex data ensure such maps exist and are unique. The subgradient predicate explicitly requires a finite value at the base point; this follows from the source's properness assumptions when a subgradient exists.

Both algorithms are represented by recursion predicates on every natural-number index, with all error terms present. The goal quantifies over every run and chooses its weak limit afterwards. Divergence to +∞+\infty+∞ means finite partial sums tend to atTop; a finite weighted error sum means the corresponding nonnegative real sequence is summable. These choices prevent a default value of an infinite sum from satisfying the hypotheses. The nonempty solution set is an explicit standing assumption from p. 4 and implies the earlier nonempty-primal-minimizer assumption. A condition that made all runs impossible, or one that discarded either the primal or dual conclusion, would not represent Theorem 3.1.

The block operator PPP is represented through its quadratic form qPq_PqP​; P′P'P′ is recorded for Algorithm 3.2. The complete development will need the abstract iteration lemmas, proximal optimality conditions, block-metric estimates, and the links from each algorithm's inclusion to the solution set. Contributions proving those results, or building reusable Hilbert-space operator infrastructure needed by them, are in scope. The several-composite-functions extension in Theorem 5.1 is reserved for separate work.

Selected references

  • Laurent Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 158(2):460–479, 2013. DOI; final author's version, hal-00609728v5.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case IV: The Generalized Abstract Model — Restricted Policy Classes under ContractionTextbook

Why restricted policy classes

Abstract dynamic programming, in the form developed by Denardo (1967) and Bertsekas (1977), studies sequential decision problems through a single monotone mapping H(x,u,J)H(x,u,J)H(x,u,J): the cost of using control uuu at state xxx when the future is valued by the function JJJ. Chapters 2–5 of Bertsekas and Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978; Athena Scientific reprint 1996), analyze this model when policies are arbitrary selectors μ:S→C\mu:S\to Cμ:S→C and HHH is defined on all extended-real functions on SSS.

That generality breaks down as soon as the state and control spaces are uncountable. A stochastic control problem on Borel spaces needs measurable policies, so that the expected cost is an integral rather than an outer integral, and the functions on which HHH acts must be measurable for the same reason. Chapter 6 of the book introduces a generalized abstract model in which the policies are drawn from a prescribed class M~\tilde MM~ and HHH is only defined on a prescribed class F~\tilde FF~ of functions. The examples on p. 94 are the models of Part II: universally measurable policies with lower semianalytic costs (Chapters 8–9), analytically measurable policies (Section 11.2), and the semicontinuous models of Definitions 8.7–8.8. Chapter 6 is the bridge that lets the abstract results of Part I be invoked for these models.

Setting

The data are a state space SSS, a control space CCC, nonempty constraint sets U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C, and three restricted classes: sets of functions F∗⊂F~⊂FF^*\subset\tilde F\subset FF∗⊂F~⊂F, where FFF is the set of all functions S→[−∞,∞]S\to[-\infty,\infty]S→[−∞,∞], and a set M~\tilde MM~ of selectors μ:S→C\mu:S\to Cμ:S→C with μ(x)∈U(x)\mu(x)\in U(x)μ(x)∈U(x). The mapping H:S×C×F~→[−∞,∞]H:S\times C\times\tilde F\to[-\infty,\infty]H:S×C×F~→[−∞,∞] is monotone: J≤J′J\le J'J≤J′ in F~\tilde FF~ implies H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′)H(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J')H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′). For μ∈M~\mu\in\tilde Mμ∈M~ and J∈F~J\in\tilde FJ∈F~,

Tμ(J)(x)=H[x,μ(x),J],T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x)H(x,u,J).T_\mu(J)(x)=H[x,\mu(x),J],\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}H(x,u,J).Tμ​(J)(x)=H[x,μ(x),J],T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​H(x,u,J).

A policy is a sequence π=(μ0,μ1,… )\pi=(\mu_0,\mu_1,\dots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) with every μk∈M~\mu_k\in\tilde Mμk​∈M~; their set is Π~\tilde\PiΠ~. Given J0∈F∗J_0\in F^*J0​∈F∗ with J0>−∞J_0>-\inftyJ0​>−∞, the NNN-stage and infinite-horizon costs are

JN,π=(Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(J0),Jπ(x)=lim⁡N→∞JN,π(x),J_{N,\pi}=(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J_0),\qquad J_\pi(x)=\lim_{N\to\infty}J_{N,\pi}(x),JN,π​=(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J0​),Jπ​(x)=N→∞lim​JN,π​(x),

and the optimal costs are JN∗=inf⁡π∈Π~JN,πJ^*_N=\inf_{\pi\in\tilde\Pi}J_{N,\pi}JN∗​=infπ∈Π~​JN,π​ and J∗=inf⁡π∈Π~JπJ^*=\inf_{\pi\in\tilde\Pi}J_\piJ∗=infπ∈Π~​Jπ​. For a stationary policy (μ,μ,… )(\mu,\mu,\dots)(μ,μ,…) write JμJ_\muJμ​.

Five standing conditions tie the classes together: A.1 (every control u∈U(x)u\in U(x)u∈U(x) is the value μ(x)\mu(x)μ(x) of some μ∈M~\mu\in\tilde Mμ∈M~), A.2 (F∗F^*F∗ is closed under TTT and under adding constants), A.3 (F~\tilde FF~ is closed under every TμT_\muTμ​, μ∈M~\mu\in\tilde Mμ∈M~, and under adding constants), A.4 (ε\varepsilonε-minimizing selectors for T(J)T(J)T(J), J∈F∗J\in F^*J∈F∗, exist in M~\tilde MM~), and A.5 (F~\tilde FF~ and F∗F^*F∗ are closed under pointwise limits). Assumption C~\tilde CC~ asks for a closed subset Bˉ\bar BBˉ of the space BBB of bounded real functions with the sup norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, containing J0J_0J0​ and invariant under TTT on Bˉ∩F∗\bar B\cap F^*Bˉ∩F∗ and under TμT_\muTμ​ on Bˉ∩F~\bar B\cap\tilde FBˉ∩F~, such that every JπJ_\piJπ​ exists and is real, each TμT_\muTμ​ is α\alphaα-Lipschitz on B∩F~B\cap\tilde FB∩F~, and every mmm-fold composition Tμ0⋯Tμm−1T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{m-1}}Tμ0​​⋯Tμm−1​​ is a ρ\rhoρ-contraction on Bˉ∩F~\bar B\cap\tilde FBˉ∩F~ for some ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.4 (p. 97)

Under A.1–A.5 and C~\tilde CC~: J∗∈Bˉ∩F∗J^*\in\bar B\cap F^*J∗∈Bˉ∩F∗ is the unique fixed point of TTT in Bˉ∩F∗\bar B\cap F^*Bˉ∩F∗, with T(J′)≤J′⇒J∗≤J′T(J')\le J'\Rightarrow J^*\le J'T(J′)≤J′⇒J∗≤J′ and J′≤T(J′)⇒J′≤J∗J'\le T(J')\Rightarrow J'\le J^*J′≤T(J′)⇒J′≤J∗; each JμJ_\muJμ​, μ∈M~\mu\in\tilde Mμ∈M~, is the unique fixed point of TμT_\muTμ​ in Bˉ∩F~\bar B\cap\tilde FBˉ∩F~;

lim⁡N→∞∥TN(J)−J∗∥=0  (J∈Bˉ∩F∗),lim⁡N→∞∥TμN(J)−Jμ∥=0  (J∈Bˉ∩F~);\lim_{N\to\infty}\|T^N(J)-J^*\|=0\ \ (J\in\bar B\cap F^*),\qquad\lim_{N\to\infty}\|T_\mu^N(J)-J_\mu\|=0\ \ (J\in\bar B\cap\tilde F);N→∞lim​∥TN(J)−J∗∥=0  (J∈Bˉ∩F∗),N→∞lim​∥TμN​(J)−Jμ​∥=0  (J∈Bˉ∩F~);

a stationary (μ∗,μ∗,… )∈Π~(\mu^*,\mu^*,\dots)\in\tilde\Pi(μ∗,μ∗,…)∈Π~ is optimal iff Tμ∗(J∗)=T(J∗)T_{\mu^*}(J^*)=T(J^*)Tμ∗​(J∗)=T(J∗); and for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 some stationary policy in Π~\tilde\PiΠ~ satisfies ∥J∗−Jμε∥≤ε\|J^*-J_{\mu_\varepsilon}\|\le\varepsilon∥J∗−Jμε​​∥≤ε.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Proposition 6.3(a) (p. 96) — under A.1–A.4 and the exact selection assumption, a uniformly NNN-stage optimal policy exists iff the infimum in Tk+1(J0)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x)H[x,u,Tk(J0)]T^{k+1}(J_0)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}H[x,u,T^k(J_0)]Tk+1(J0​)(x)=infu∈U(x)​H[x,u,Tk(J0​)] is attained for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S and k<Nk<Nk<N.
  2. Proposition 6.5(a) (p. 97) — under A.1–A.5, C~\tilde CC~ and exact selection: if for each xxx some policy in Π~\tilde\PiΠ~ is optimal at xxx, then an optimal stationary policy exists in Π~\tilde\PiΠ~.

Further results of the chapter

The other results of Sections 6.2–6.3 are posed in the mission as separate theorems:

  • Proposition 6.2 — π∗\pi^*π∗ is uniformly NNN-stage optimal iff (Tμk∗TN−k−1)(J0)=TN−k(J0)(T_{\mu_k^*}T^{N-k-1})(J_0)=T^{N-k}(J_0)(Tμk∗​​TN−k−1)(J0​)=TN−k(J0​) for k<Nk<Nk<N; such a policy forces JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​).
  • Proposition 6.1(a) — under Assumption F~.2\tilde F.2F~.2 and Jk∗>−∞J^*_k>-\inftyJk∗​>−∞: JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) and NNN-stage ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies exist in Π~\tilde\PiΠ~.
  • Proposition 6.1(b) — under Assumption F~.3\tilde F.3F~.3 and Jk,π<∞J_{k,\pi}<\inftyJk,π​<∞: JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) and {εn}\{\varepsilon_n\}{εn​}-dominated convergence to optimality.
  • Proposition 6.3(b) — compact level sets Uk(x,λ)U_k(x,\lambda)Uk​(x,λ) give both JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) and a uniformly NNN-stage optimal policy.
  • Proposition 6.5(b) — compact level sets of the iterates Tk(J)T^k(J)Tk(J), k≥kˉk\ge\bar kk≥kˉ, give an optimal stationary policy.

Significance

Proposition 6.4 is the statement that makes value iteration, Bellman's equation and stationary ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies available for discounted problems whose admissible policies are restricted, for instance to measurable ones. Without it, each measurable model would need its own fixed-point argument. The finite-horizon Propositions 6.1–6.3 play the same role for the dynamic programming algorithm JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​), and their hypotheses (F~.3\tilde F.3F~.3, exact selection) are exactly what Chapters 7–8 verify for universally measurable policies.

The book states Propositions 6.4 and 6.5 without proof (p. 97), referring to the proofs of Chapter 4; Propositions 6.1–6.3 are justified by "nearly verbatim repetition" of Chapter 3. A formalization therefore supplies proofs that are only indicated in print, and checks that A.1–A.5 really suffice for each step of the Chapter 3–4 arguments. None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of; the companion missions of this series formalize the unrestricted special case (F∗=F~=FF^*=\tilde F=FF∗=F~=F, M~=M\tilde M=MM~=M) of Chapters 3 and 4.

Difficulty

The Chapter 4 proof of Proposition 4.2 applies the contraction mapping theorem to TTT on Bˉ\bar BBˉ. Here the obvious transcription fails at two points. First, TTT maps Bˉ∩F∗\bar B\cap F^*Bˉ∩F∗ into itself but TμT_\muTμ​ only maps Bˉ∩F~\bar B\cap\tilde FBˉ∩F~ into itself, so the fixed-point theorem must be applied on two different sets, and these are closed only because of A.5. Second, every argument that picks a near-minimizing selector at each state must produce a selector in M~\tilde MM~: pointwise choices are no longer allowed, and A.1, A.4 and the exact selection assumption are the only sources of admissible selectors. Proofs of Chapter 3–4 that build a policy state by state cannot be copied.

Formalization scope

Functions on SSS are S → EReal. HHH is a total Lean function, but monotonicity is assumed only on F~\tilde FF~ and every statement evaluates HHH only at functions of F~\tilde FF~. JπJ_\piJπ​ is limUnder; Assumption C~\tilde CC~ makes the limit exist. BBB is Mathlib's ℓ∞(S,R)\ell^\infty(S,\mathbb R)ℓ∞(S,R); a bound ∥G−G′∥≤c\|G-G'\|\le c∥G−G′∥≤c between extended-real functions means both are real everywhere and ∣G(x)−G′(x)∣≤c|G(x)-G'(x)|\le c∣G(x)−G′(x)∣≤c, which is how the book's convention ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞ reads a norm of a difference. No statement adds values of opposite infinite sign, so Mathlib's EReal addition agrees with the book's wherever it is used. JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ and J∗J^*J∗ are infima over Π~\tilde\PiΠ~ only, the ε\varepsilonε-optimality notions keep the book's two-case form at −∞-\infty−∞, and NNN is a positive integer.

The chapter collapses to Chapters 3–4 if F∗=F~=FF^*=\tilde F=FF∗=F~=F or M~=M\tilde M=MM~=M is built in; here F∗F^*F∗, F~\tilde FF~ and M~\tilde MM~ are arbitrary and constrained only by A.1–A.5, and J∗J^*J∗ is never defined as a fixed point.

A complete development needs the mmm-step contraction mapping theorem on a closed subset of ℓ∞\ell^\inftyℓ∞, monotonicity lemmas for TTT and TμT_\muTμ​, and the restricted-class versions of Propositions 3.1–3.4 and 4.1–4.4. These are reusable for the Borel models of Chapters 8–9. Proofs of any milestone, and sorry-free lemmas about the Assumption C~\tilde CC~ contraction, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific, 1996, Chapter 6. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Monotone mappings with application in dynamic programming, SIAM J. Control and Optimization 15(3), 1977, 438–464. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315031
  • E. V. Denardo, Contraction mappings in the theory underlying dynamic programming, SIAM Review 9(2), 1967, 165–177. https://doi.org/10.1137/1009030
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Linear Programs in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time: The Stochastic Central Path Falls Back to a Classical Step with Probability at Most 10/n² per IterationResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear programming, min⁡{c⊤x:Ax=b, x≥0}\min\{c^\top x : Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}min{c⊤x:Ax=b, x≥0} with A∈Rd×nA\in\mathbb R^{d\times n}A∈Rd×n, is the basic model of operations research, and the complexity of solving it is a central question of algorithm theory. Interior-point methods follow the central path: primal–dual pairs (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) with x,s>0x,s>0x,s>0 and xisi=tx_is_i=txi​si​=t for every iii, as the path parameter ttt decreases to 000. A classical short-step method needs O(nlog⁡(n/δ))O(\sqrt n\log(n/\delta))O(n​log(n/δ)) iterations, each solving a linear system with the matrix AXSA⊤A\frac XSA^\topASX​A⊤, for a total of roughly n2.5n^{2.5}n2.5 operations or more.

Cohen, Lee and Song (J. ACM 68(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.07896) showed that linear programs can be solved in time nω+o(1)log⁡(n/δ)n^{\omega+o(1)}\log(n/\delta)nω+o(1)log(n/δ) (for the current values of the matrix multiplication exponent ω\omegaω and its dual α\alphaα), matching the cost of multiplying two n×nn\times nn×n matrices. The analysis has two halves: a data structure that maintains the projection matrix lazily, and the stochastic central path method, which replaces each Newton step by a sparse random step and proves that the iterates still stay close to the central path. This mission formalizes the second half.

Timeline: Karmarkar's projective method (1984) gave the first polynomial interior-point method; Renegar (1988) gave the O(nlog⁡(1/δ))O(\sqrt n\log(1/\delta))O(n​log(1/δ)) path-following bound; Vaidya (1989) reduced the per-iteration cost with low-rank updates; Lee and Sidford (2014–2015) reduced the iteration count to O~(d)\widetilde O(\sqrt d)O(d​); Cohen, Lee and Song (STOC 2019, J. ACM 2021) reached nωn^\omeganω; van den Brand (2020) derandomized the result.

Setting

Vectors are in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and products, quotients and roots of vectors are coordinatewise. For ϵ\epsilonϵ and vectors a,ba,ba,b, a≈ϵba\approx_\epsilon ba≈ϵ​b means (1−ϵ)bi≤ai≤(1+ϵ)bi(1-\epsilon)b_i\le a_i\le(1+\epsilon)b_i(1−ϵ)bi​≤ai​≤(1+ϵ)bi​ for all iii; a≈ϵta\approx_\epsilon ta≈ϵ​t for a scalar ttt is defined likewise. The number of variables is n≥10n\ge10n≥10 and AAA has full row rank d≤nd\le nd≤n.

The potential is Φλ(r)=∑i=1ncosh⁡(λri)\Phi_\lambda(r)=\sum_{i=1}^n\cosh(\lambda r_i)Φλ​(r)=∑i=1n​cosh(λri​), evaluated at r=μ/t−1r=\mu/t-1r=μ/t−1 with μ=xs\mu=xsμ=xs; it is small exactly when every xisix_is_ixi​si​ is close to ttt.

StochasticStep (Algorithm 1) takes positive x,sx,sx,s, a direction δμ\delta_\muδμ​, a sampling parameter kkk and the output v~\widetilde vv of a data structure with x/s≈ϵmpv~x/s\approx_{\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}}\widetilde vx/s≈ϵmp​​v. It rescales to x‾=xv~/w\overline x=x\sqrt{\widetilde v/w}x=xv/w​, s‾=sw/v~\overline s=s\sqrt{w/\widetilde v}s=sw/v​ (w=x/sw=x/sw=x/s), draws a sparse vector δ~μ\widetilde\delta_\muδμ​ with independent coordinates, δ~μ,i=δμ,i/pi\widetilde\delta_{\mu,i}=\delta_{\mu,i}/p_iδμ,i​=δμ,i​/pi​ with probability pi=min⁡(1,k(δμ,i2/∥δμ∥22+1/n))p_i=\min(1,k(\delta_{\mu,i}^2/\|\delta_\mu\|_2^2+1/n))pi​=min(1,k(δμ,i2​/∥δμ​∥22​+1/n)) and 000 otherwise, and computes the step (δ~x,δ~s)(\widetilde\delta_x,\widetilde\delta_s)(δx​,δs​) through the projection P‾=X‾/S‾A⊤(AX‾S‾A⊤)−1AX‾/S‾\overline P=\sqrt{\overline X/\overline S}A^\top(A\frac{\overline X}{\overline S}A^\top)^{-1}A\sqrt{\overline X/\overline S}P=X/S​A⊤(ASX​A⊤)−1AX/S​. The draw is repeated until ∥s‾−1δ~s∥∞\|\overline s^{-1}\widetilde\delta_s\|_\infty∥s−1δs​∥∞​ and ∥x‾−1δ~x∥∞\|\overline x^{-1}\widetilde\delta_x\|_\infty∥x−1δx​∥∞​ are at most 1/(100log⁡n)1/(100\log n)1/(100logn); the output is (x+δ~x,s+δ~s)(x+\widetilde\delta_x,s+\widetilde\delta_s)(x+δx​,s+δs​).

Main (Algorithm 2) sets ϵ=140000log⁡n\epsilon=\frac1{40000\log n}ϵ=40000logn1​, ϵmp=140000\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}=\frac1{40000}ϵmp​=400001​, k=1000ϵnlog⁡2n/ϵmpk=1000\epsilon\sqrt n\log^2n/\epsilon_{\mathrm{mp}}k=1000ϵn​log2n/ϵmp​, λ=40log⁡n\lambda=40\log nλ=40logn, starts at t=1t=1t=1, and in each iteration sets tnew=(1−ϵ3n)tt^{\mathrm{new}}=(1-\frac{\epsilon}{3\sqrt n})ttnew=(1−3n​ϵ​)t, takes the direction

δμ=(tnewt−1)xs−ϵ2tnew∇Φλ(μ/t−1)∥∇Φλ(μ/t−1)∥2,\delta_\mu=\Big(\frac{t^{\mathrm{new}}}{t}-1\Big)xs-\frac\epsilon2t^{\mathrm{new}}\frac{\nabla\Phi_\lambda(\mu/t-1)}{\|\nabla\Phi_\lambda(\mu/t-1)\|_2},δμ​=(ttnew​−1)xs−2ϵ​tnew∥∇Φλ​(μ/t−1)∥2​∇Φλ​(μ/t−1)​,

runs StochasticStep, and falls back to a deterministic ClassicalStep whenever Φλ(μnew/tnew−1)>n3\Phi_\lambda(\mu^{\mathrm{new}}/t^{\mathrm{new}}-1)>n^3Φλ​(μnew/tnew−1)>n3.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.14

For every iteration jjj, almost surely Assumption 4.1 holds for the input of iteration jjj (in particular xjsj≈0.1tjx^js^j\approx_{0.1}t_jxjsj≈0.1​tj​ and ∥δμ∥2≤ϵtj\|\delta_\mu\|_2\le\epsilon t_j∥δμ​∥2​≤ϵtj​), almost surely the resampling loop of iteration jjj succeeds with positive probability, and

P(ClassicalStep is used in iteration j)≤10n2.\mathbb P(\text{ClassicalStep is used in iteration }j)\le\frac{10}{n^2}.P(ClassicalStep is used in iteration j)≤n210​.

The paper writes O(1/n2)O(1/n^2)O(1/n2); its proof gives the constant 101010.

Milestones

Lemma A.1 (variance of a product), Lemma 4.12 (properties of Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​), Lemma 4.2 (explicit step), Lemma 4.3 and Claim 4.7 (moments and success probability of the sampled step), Lemma 4.8 (moments of μnew\mu^{\mathrm{new}}μnew), and Lemma 4.13:

E[Φλ(μnewtnew−1)]≤Φλ(μt−1)−λϵ15n(Φλ(μt−1)−10n).\mathbf E\Big[\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac{\mu^{\mathrm{new}}}{t^{\mathrm{new}}}-1\Big)\Big]\le\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac\mu t-1\Big)-\frac{\lambda\epsilon}{15\sqrt n}\Big(\Phi_\lambda\Big(\frac\mu t-1\Big)-10n\Big).E[Φλ​(tnewμnew​−1)]≤Φλ​(tμ​−1)−15n​λϵ​(Φλ​(tμ​−1)−10n).

Significance

Lemma 4.14 is what makes the randomized method usable: the iterates stay in the 0.10.10.1-neighbourhood of the central path along the whole run, and the expensive fallback is rare enough that its expected cost, O~(n2.5)⋅10/n2\widetilde O(n^{2.5})\cdot 10/n^2O(n2.5)⋅10/n2, is negligible. The paper's cost bound (Lemma 4.16) and its main theorem rest on it. The same potential-based "stochastic central path" analysis was reused in later solvers, for instance for empirical risk minimization (Lee, Song and Zhang, COLT 2019).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization pins down the probabilistic model that the paper leaves implicit (independence of the sampled coordinates, the law of the resampling loop, a data structure and fallback that see only the past) and checks the constants, several of which are tight against printed slack (Remark 4.4).

The running-time claims of the paper (Theorem 2.1's expected time nω+o(1)n^{\omega+o(1)}nω+o(1), Lemma 4.16, Section 5) are not part of this mission: they live in an arithmetic cost model that Lean does not have. The accuracy guarantee of Theorem 2.1 (Lemma A.6, ClassicalStep from [57]) is also outside the mission.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound each quantity under the product law of the sparse direction. But StochasticStep resamples, so the step actually taken is distributed according to that law conditioned on a success event, and expectations and variances shift. A second difficulty is that Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​ is controlled only in expectation, while Assumption 4.1 must hold surely at every iteration; this is reconciled by the deterministic ClassicalStep fallback, which caps Φλ\Phi_\lambdaΦλ​ at n3n^3n3, and by an induction over iterations of E[Φ]≤10n\mathbf E[\Phi]\le10nE[Φ]≤10n under the trajectory law. Claim 4.7 needs a Bernstein inequality, which Mathlib does not yet provide.

Formalization scope

Coordinates are Fin n, vectors Fin n → ℝ, AAA a Matrix (Fin d) (Fin n) ℝ with A.rank = d, and log⁡\loglog the natural logarithm. ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is written out as ∑ivi2\sqrt{\sum_iv_i^2}∑i​vi2​​; ∥⋅∥∞≤c\|\cdot\|_\infty\le c∥⋅∥∞​≤c is stated coordinatewise. The sampled direction has law Measure.pi of two-point laws; the step taken by StochasticStep has that law conditioned (ProbabilityTheory.cond) on the success event, and every E\mathbf EE, Var\mathbf{Var}Var of Lemmas 4.3, 4.8 and 4.13 is under this conditioned law. mp.Query is replaced by its value P‾(X‾S‾)−1/2δ~μ\overline P(\overline X\overline S)^{-1/2}\widetilde\delta_\muP(XS)−1/2δμ​; the data structure and ClassicalStep are arbitrary measurable functions UjU_jUj​, CjC_jCj​ of the history with the only properties the paper uses. The trajectory is Mathlib's Ionescu-Tulcea measure, with kernels equal to the step law of Main. nnn is the number of variables of the program the loop runs on.

Deviations from the page, all recorded in the items: Assumption 4.1 is used with ϵ≤1/(40000log⁡n)\epsilon\le1/(40000\log n)ϵ≤1/(40000logn) instead of the printed <<<, because Main sets ϵ\epsilonϵ to exactly that value; O(1/n2)O(1/n^2)O(1/n2) is instantiated as 10/n210/n^210/n2, the constant of the paper's proof; the conclusions of Lemma 4.14 are stated for every iteration index rather than while t>δ2/(32n3)t>\delta^2/(32n^3)t>δ2/(32n3); at ∇Φλ=0\nabla\Phi_\lambda=0∇Φλ​=0 the second term of δμ\delta_\muδμ​ is 000. No hypothesis k≤nk\le nk≤n is imposed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: every statement that integrates against the conditioned law also concludes that this law is a probability measure (so it cannot be the zero measure), the goal concludes that each resampling loop succeeds with positive probability, the oracles UjU_jUj​, CjC_jCj​ cannot see the coins of the current iteration, and the goal is about the whole iterated process from the initial point, not one step from an arbitrary law.

Contributions welcome: a Bernstein inequality for bounded independent sums, conditional-law lemmas for cond of Measure.pi, and Markov-kernel measurability for the step law; these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. B. Cohen, Y. T. Lee, Z. Song, Solving Linear Programs in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time, J. ACM 68(1), Article 3, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1145/3424305 (arXiv:1810.07896, https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.07896)
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • J. Renegar, A polynomial-time algorithm, based on Newton's method, for linear programming, Math. Programming 40, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01580724
  • P. M. Vaidya, Speeding-up linear programming using fast matrix multiplication, Proc. 30th FOCS, 1989.
  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, Path finding methods for linear programming, FOCS 2014. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2014.52
  • Y. T. Lee, Z. Song, Q. Zhang, Solving Empirical Risk Minimization in the Current Matrix Multiplication Time, COLT 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.04447
  • J. van den Brand, A deterministic linear program solver in current matrix multiplication time, SODA 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611975994.16
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisDifferential Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds II: The Metric Projection onto a C^k Submanifold Is Locally Unique and C^(k−1), so Projecting a Tangent Step Is a RetractionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in statistics, signal processing and control are posed over sets of matrices with a constraint that makes them curved: matrices of fixed rank, matrices with orthonormal columns, symmetric matrices with a prescribed spectrum. Algorithms on such sets ("optimization on manifolds") compute a step in the tangent space at the current point, as in a vector space, and then need a rule that brings the point x+ux+ux+u back to the set. A retraction is such a rule; the notion was introduced by Adler, Dedieu, Margulies, Martens and Shub for Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds (IMA J. Numer. Anal. 2002) and is the basic building block of the algorithms in Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre's monograph (Princeton, 2008). Any retraction preserves the local convergence of Newton's method, so the choice among retractions is about cost and convenience.

The most natural candidate is to project x+ux+ux+u back onto the manifold: take the nearest point. Absil and Malick (SIAM J. Optim. 2012; preprint HAL hal-00651608) show in §3.1 that this projective retraction is always a valid retraction of maximal smoothness, and then compute it for fixed-rank, spectral and Stiefel manifolds. The underlying fact, that the nearest-point map onto a CkC^kCk submanifold is locally single-valued and Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, is classical (the paper cites Lewis and Malick, Math. Oper. Res. 2008); the paper gives a short proof through the inverse function theorem on the normal bundle. This mission formalizes §3.1: that lemma and the resulting retraction.

Setting

Let E\mathcal EE be a Euclidean space, a finite-dimensional real inner product space, of dimension nnn (in the paper's examples, Rn×m\mathbb R^{n\times m}Rn×m with the Frobenius inner product). A set M⊆E\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal EM⊆E is a submanifold of class CkC^kCk and dimension ddd around xˉ\bar xxˉ if xˉ∈M\bar x\in\mathcal Mxˉ∈M and there are an open neighbourhood UEU_{\mathcal E}UE​ of xˉ\bar xxˉ and a CkC^kCk diffeomorphism φ\varphiφ from UEU_{\mathcal E}UE​ onto an open subset of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with

M∩UE={x∈UE: φd+1(x)=⋯=φn(x)=0}.\mathcal M\cap U_{\mathcal E}=\{x\in U_{\mathcal E}:\ \varphi_{d+1}(x)=\cdots=\varphi_n(x)=0\}.M∩UE​={x∈UE​: φd+1​(x)=⋯=φn​(x)=0}.

The tangent space TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the linear subspace of E\mathcal EE spanned by the tangent cone of M\mathcal MM at xxx, and the normal space is NM(x)=TM(x)⊥N_{\mathcal M}(x)=T_{\mathcal M}(x)^\perpNM​(x)=TM​(x)⊥. The tangent bundle and normal bundle are TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM(x)}T\mathcal M=\{(x,u):x\in\mathcal M,\ u\in T_{\mathcal M}(x)\}TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM​(x)} and NM={(x,v):x∈M, v∈NM(x)}N\mathcal M=\{(x,v):x\in\mathcal M,\ v\in N_{\mathcal M}(x)\}NM={(x,v):x∈M, v∈NM​(x)}, subsets of E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E. PTM(x)P_{T_{\mathcal M}(x)}PTM​(x)​ denotes the orthogonal projector onto TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x).

The projection of x∈Ex\in\mathcal Ex∈E onto M\mathcal MM is the set of nearest points,

PM(x)=argmin⁡{∥x−y∥: y∈M},P_{\mathcal M}(x)=\operatorname{argmin}\{\|x-y\|:\ y\in\mathcal M\},PM​(x)=argmin{∥x−y∥: y∈M},

which may be empty (if M\mathcal MM is not closed) or contain several points (if M\mathcal MM is not convex).

A map RRR from TMT\mathcal MTM to M\mathcal MM is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ (Definition 2.1) if on some neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TMT\mathcal MTM it is of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, satisfies R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and DR(x,⋅)(0)=idTM(x)\mathrm DR(x,\cdot)(0)=\mathrm{id}_{T_{\mathcal M}(x)}DR(x,⋅)(0)=idTM​(x)​ for (x,0)∈U(x,0)\in\mathcal U(x,0)∈U.

The formal retraction predicate includes k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and a local submanifold chart at xˉ\bar xxˉ; this ensures that its base point lies on M\mathcal MM.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.2 (projective retraction)

For M\mathcal MM a CkC^kCk submanifold (k≥2k\ge2k≥2) around xˉ\bar xxˉ, the map

R(x,u)=PM(x+u),(x,u)∈TM,R(x,u)=P_{\mathcal M}(x+u),\qquad (x,u)\in T\mathcal M,R(x,u)=PM​(x+u),(x,u)∈TM,

is single-valued near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TMT\mathcal MTM, and this single value is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Milestones

  1. (3.2) If p∈PM(x)p\in P_{\mathcal M}(x)p∈PM​(x) and M\mathcal MM is a CkC^kCk submanifold around ppp, then p∈Mp\in\mathcal Mp∈M and x−p∈NM(p)x-p\in N_{\mathcal M}(p)x−p∈NM​(p).
  2. (3.3) TNM(xˉ,0)=TM(xˉ)×NM(xˉ)T_{N\mathcal M}(\bar x,0)=T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)\times N_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)TNM​(xˉ,0)=TM​(xˉ)×NM​(xˉ).
  3. Lemma 3.1 There is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that on B(xˉ,δ)B(\bar x,\delta)B(xˉ,δ) the projection PMP_{\mathcal M}PM​ is a single point P(x)P(x)P(x), the map PPP is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, and
DPM(xˉ)=PTM(xˉ).\mathrm DP_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)=P_{T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)}.DPM​(xˉ)=PTM​(xˉ)​.

Significance

The projective retraction is the reference retraction on an embedded submanifold: it exists for every CkC^kCk submanifold, it has the maximal smoothness Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 allowed by the tangent bundle, and it is the one practitioners compute first (truncated SVD for fixed-rank matrices, polar factor for the Stiefel manifold). Section 4 of the paper shows that it is moreover second order and generalizes it to projections along arbitrary smooth fields of transverse subspaces; Lemma 3.1 is the model of that argument. Lemma 3.1 on its own is a basic tool well beyond retractions: local single-valuedness and smoothness of the nearest-point map underlies the local convergence analysis of alternating projections on manifolds and the theory of prox-regular sets.

All statements here are proved results. No machine-checked proof of them is known to exist: Mathlib has the inverse function theorem, tangent cones and orthogonal projections onto subspaces, but no embedded submanifolds of a Euclidean space with their normal bundle and no nearest-point map onto non-convex sets. The mission produces these statements in Lean and invites proofs of them.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes the nearest point as a critical point of y↦∥x−y∥2y\mapsto\|x-y\|^2y↦∥x−y∥2 on M\mathcal MM and applies the implicit function theorem. Two things break. First, existence: M\mathcal MM is not assumed closed, so a nearest point exists only because M\mathcal MM is locally closed near xˉ\bar xxˉ and points of M\mathcal MM far from xˉ\bar xxˉ are farther from xxx than xˉ\bar xxˉ is. Second, uniqueness: critical points are not unique in general, and the implicit function theorem only describes critical points near a given one. Uniqueness needs a quantitative argument that every nearest point of xxx lies in the region where (p,v)↦p+v(p,v)\mapsto p+v(p,v)↦p+v on the normal bundle is injective. Finally, the normal bundle is itself only a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 manifold, whose tangent space at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) must be identified before the inverse function theorem applies; this is milestone (3.3).

Formalization scope

The ambient space is any type E with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E]; nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and k,dk,dk,d are natural numbers with k≥2k\ge2k≥2 stated as a hypothesis (so that k−1k-1k−1 in ℕ is honest). The paper's standing assumption "M\mathcal MM is a submanifold of class CkC^kCk (k≥2k\ge2k≥2) and dimension ddd" enters only as the local hypothesis IsSubmanifoldAt k d M xbar, exactly as Lemma 3.1 and Proposition 3.2 state it ("around xˉ\bar xxˉ"). The chart is an OpenPartialHomeomorph onto EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), CkC^kCk in both directions, with 0-based coordinates. No closedness of M\mathcal MM is assumed, because the paper does not assume it.

The projection is the platform predicate IsMetricProjection M x z (z∈Mz\in\mathcal Mz∈M and ∥x−z∥≤∥x−w∥\|x-z\|\le\|x-w\|∥x−z∥≤∥x−w∥ for all w∈Mw\in\mathcal Mw∈M); single-valuedness is stated as equality of the set of such zzz with a singleton, which asserts existence and uniqueness. A formalization that only states "some selection is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1", or uses ⊆\subseteq⊆ (satisfied by the empty set), would drop the main claim and is ruled out. The tangent space is the span of Mathlib's tangentConeAt; "class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on a neighbourhood in TMT\mathcal MTM" is ContDiffOn on O∩TMO\cap T\mathcal MO∩TM with OOO open; DR(x,⋅)(0)=id\mathrm DR(x,\cdot)(0)=\mathrm{id}DR(x,⋅)(0)=id is a HasFDerivAt statement on the normed space TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x); PTM(xˉ)P_{T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)}PTM​(xˉ)​ is Submodule.starProjection.

A complete development needs: the tangent space of a slice submanifold equals the image of the chart's derivative, the normal bundle as a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 manifold, an inverse function theorem on it, and compactness of M∩Bˉ(xˉ,r)\mathcal M\cap\bar B(\bar x,r)M∩Bˉ(xˉ,r) for small rrr. These are reusable for the other missions of this series (fixed-rank, spectral and Stiefel manifolds, and the retractor construction of Section 4), and contributions of such general lemmas as intermediate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • P.-A. Absil and J. Malick, Projection-like retractions on matrix manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529 (preprint: https://hal.science/hal-00651608, version 2, the basis of the statement indices here)
  • R. L. Adler, J.-P. Dedieu, J. Y. Margulies, M. Martens and M. Shub, Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds and a geometric model for the human spine, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 22:359–390, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/22.3.359
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony and R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • A. S. Lewis and J. Malick, Alternating projections on manifolds, Math. Oper. Res. 33(1):216–234, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0291
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations 3: The Optimal Wholesale-Price Contract with R′(q) = 1 − q^α Has Efficiency (2+α)/(1+α)^((1+α)/α)Research Paper

Motivation

A supplier who sells to a retailer at a per-unit wholesale price above her own production cost induces the retailer to order less than an integrated firm would. This effect, double marginalization, goes back to Spengler (1950) and is the standard benchmark against which supply chain contracts are judged: a contract coordinates the channel if it makes the decentralized decisions coincide with the integrated optimum. Revenue-sharing contracts, as used in the video-rental industry, coordinate the channel; the plain wholesale-price contract does not. Whether a supplier should bother with the administrative cost of revenue sharing depends on how much the wholesale-price contract actually loses and how much of the remaining profit the supplier keeps.

Cachon and Lariviere answer that question for a retailer whose revenue depends only on the quantity ordered, in Section 4.1.1 of their working paper Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations (June 2000; the 2005 Management Science version renumbers and revises the material). They show that the answer is governed by the curvature of the marginal revenue curve, and they compute it exactly for a one-parameter family. The source is the June 2000 working paper, whose results are unnumbered; every item cites its section, page and display.

Setting

A supplier produces at unit cost c>0c > 0c>0 and sells to a single retailer. The retailer's expected revenue from qqq units is R(q)R(q)R(q), where R(0)=0R(0) = 0R(0)=0, RRR is strictly concave and differentiable on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with derivative R′R'R′ (the marginal revenue), R′R'R′ is differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) with derivative R′′R''R′′, the product is viable (R′(0)>cR'(0) > cR′(0)>c), and a finite quantity is optimal (R′(q)<cR'(q) < cR′(q)<c for some qqq). The supply chain profit is Π(q)=R(q)−qc\Pi(q) = R(q) - qcΠ(q)=R(q)−qc; the integrated quantity qIq_IqI​ maximizes Π\PiΠ over q≥0q \ge 0q≥0.

Under a wholesale-price contract with price www, the retailer orders qqq to maximize R(q)−wqR(q) - wqR(q)−wq. Each order q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 is induced by exactly one price, w(q)=R′(q)w(q) = R'(q)w(q)=R′(q), so the supplier can be thought of as choosing qqq. Her profit, the retailer's profit, and their sum are then

πs(q)=q (R′(q)−c),πr(q)=R(q)−qR′(q),πs(q)+πr(q)=Π(q).\pi_s(q) = q\,(R'(q) - c), \qquad \pi_r(q) = R(q) - qR'(q), \qquad \pi_s(q) + \pi_r(q) = \Pi(q).πs​(q)=q(R′(q)−c),πr​(q)=R(q)−qR′(q),πs​(q)+πr​(q)=Π(q).

Following the paper, q↦R′(q)+qR′′(q)q \mapsto R'(q) + qR''(q)q↦R′(q)+qR′′(q) is assumed decreasing, which makes πs\pi_sπs​ unimodal. The supplier's optimal quantity to induce q∗q^*q∗ maximizes πs\pi_sπs​ over q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, and w(q∗)w(q^*)w(q∗) is her optimal wholesale price. The efficiency of the contract and the supplier's profit share are

πs(q∗)+πr(q∗)Π(qI)andπs(q∗)Π(q∗).\frac{\pi_s(q^*) + \pi_r(q^*)}{\Pi(q_I)} \qquad\text{and}\qquad \frac{\pi_s(q^*)}{\Pi(q^*)} .Π(qI​)πs​(q∗)+πr​(q∗)​andΠ(q∗)πs​(q∗)​.

In the α-family, R(q)=q−qα+1/(α+1)R(q) = q - q^{\alpha+1}/(\alpha+1)R(q)=q−qα+1/(α+1) for α>0\alpha > 0α>0 and q∈[0,1]q \in [0,1]q∈[0,1], so R′(q)=1−qαR'(q) = 1 - q^\alphaR′(q)=1−qα: marginal revenue is convex for α<1\alpha < 1α<1, linear for α=1\alpha = 1α=1 and concave for α>1\alpha > 1α>1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the α-family

For α>0\alpha > 0α>0 and 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1, the quantities q∗=(1−c1+α)1/αq^* = \left(\frac{1-c}{1+\alpha}\right)^{1/\alpha}q∗=(1+α1−c​)1/α and qI=(1−c)1/αq_I = (1-c)^{1/\alpha}qI​=(1−c)1/α are the unique maximizers of πs\pi_sπs​ and Π\PiΠ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], the profit share is (1+α)/(2+α)(1+\alpha)/(2+\alpha)(1+α)/(2+α), and

πs(q∗)+πr(q∗)Π(qI)=2+α(1+α)1+αα,\frac{\pi_s(q^*) + \pi_r(q^*)}{\Pi(q_I)} = \frac{2+\alpha}{(1+\alpha)^{\frac{1+\alpha}{\alpha}}},Π(qI​)πs​(q∗)+πr​(q∗)​=(1+α)α1+α​2+α​,

a quantity that does not depend on ccc, is strictly increasing in α\alphaα, tends to 2/e2/e2/e as α→0+\alpha \to 0^+α→0+ and to 111 as α→∞\alpha \to \inftyα→∞.

Milestones for a general revenue function

  1. The price w(q)=R′(q)w(q) = R'(q)w(q)=R′(q) makes qqq the retailer's unique optimum (Eq. (9)).
  2. 0<q∗<qI0 < q^* < q_I0<q∗<qI​.
  3. w(q∗)=c−q∗R′′(q∗)w(q^*) = c - q^*R''(q^*)w(q∗)=c−q∗R′′(q∗), and w(q∗)>cw(q^*) > cw(q∗)>c.
  4. The profit share is at most (at least) 2/32/32/3 when R′R'R′ is convex (concave), strictly under strict convexity (concavity).
  5. 2q∗≤qI2q^* \le q_I2q∗≤qI​ (≥qI\ge q_I≥qI​) when R′R'R′ is convex (concave), strictly under strict convexity (concavity).
  6. Π(qI)−Π(q∗)=∫q∗qI(R′(z)−c) dz\Pi(q_I) - \Pi(q^*) = \int_{q^*}^{q_I}(R'(z) - c)\,dzΠ(qI​)−Π(q∗)=∫q∗qI​​(R′(z)−c)dz is at least (at most) 12πs(q∗)\tfrac12\pi_s(q^*)21​πs​(q∗) when R′R'R′ is convex (concave), strictly under strict convexity (concavity).

Milestones for the α-family

  1. The closed forms of q∗q^*q∗, qIq_IqI​, πr(q∗)\pi_r(q^*)πr​(q∗), πs(q∗)\pi_s(q^*)πs​(q∗) and Π(qI)\Pi(q_I)Π(qI​).
  2. E(α)=(2+α)/(1+α)(1+α)/αE(\alpha) = (2+\alpha)/(1+\alpha)^{(1+\alpha)/\alpha}E(α)=(2+α)/(1+α)(1+α)/α is strictly increasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) with limits 2/e2/e2/e and 111.

Significance

The general milestones turn the paper's area argument (the triangle under the tangent to marginal revenue at q∗q^*q∗) into three comparisons: convex marginal revenue makes the wholesale-price contract worse for the chain and leaves the supplier at most two thirds of a smaller pie, concave marginal revenue the opposite. The α-family makes the trade-off exact: efficiency never falls below 2/e≈0.7362/e \approx 0.7362/e≈0.736, while the supplier's share (1+α)/(2+α)(1+\alpha)/(2+\alpha)(1+α)/(2+α) moves much faster than efficiency, which is the paper's argument for why revenue sharing is most attractive when marginal revenue is convex.

These results are proved on paper but, to our knowledge, not machine-checked anywhere; Mathlib has no supply chain contract theory. The formalization provides a reusable single-retailer wholesale-price model, a checked version of the convex/concave tangent comparisons, and a corrected statement of the α-family's monotonicity (see the scope section).

Difficulty

The general comparisons are short on paper but rest on a picture: they need the first-order condition at an interior maximizer, the tangent-line inequality for a convex or concave derivative, and the fundamental theorem of calculus for a function whose derivative is known only on a half-line and one-sided at 000. Strictness needs a strictly positive integrand on a nondegenerate interval.

The α-family is where the analysis is not routine. The closed forms involve real powers with exponents 1/α1/\alpha1/α and (1+α)/α(1+\alpha)/\alpha(1+α)/α, which must be combined carefully. The limit (1+α)1/α→e(1+\alpha)^{1/\alpha} \to e(1+α)1/α→e as α→0+\alpha \to 0^+α→0+ is classical, but the monotonicity of log⁡(2+α)−1+ααlog⁡(1+α)\log(2+\alpha) - \frac{1+\alpha}{\alpha}\log(1+\alpha)log(2+α)−α1+α​log(1+α) on all of (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) is not a one-line derivative sign check: the derivative mixes log⁡(1+α)/α2\log(1+\alpha)/\alpha^2log(1+α)/α2 with rational terms, and its sign has to be established uniformly near 000 and near ∞\infty∞.

Formalization scope

Quantities and prices are real numbers. "Optimal" always means a maximizer over all admissible quantities (IsMaxOn on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), or on [0,1][0,1][0,1] in the α-family, as the page restricts), never a root of a first-order condition. The derivative R′R'R′ of the general model is linked to RRR by a one-sided derivative hypothesis on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); R′′R''R′′ is required only on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), since for α<1\alpha < 1α<1 it blows up at 000. In the α-family the marginal revenue is deriv of RRR, not a separate function, and 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1 is assumed (implicit on the page: c>0c > 0c>0 and R′(0)=1>cR'(0) = 1 > cR′(0)=1>c). Efficiency and profit share are real divisions; their denominators are positive at the optimal quantities.

Deviations from the page, all disclosed in the items:

  • R(0)=0R(0) = 0R(0)=0 is added to the model. It is implicit in the paper's area reading of the retailer's profit, and the 2/32/32/3 comparison fails without it.
  • The paper states the curvature comparisons strictly ("less (more) than 2/3rds", "q∗>qI/2q^* > q_I/2q∗>qI​/2 (<qI/2< q_I/2<qI​/2)", "more (less) than 50%") under convexity (concavity). Linear marginal revenue is both and gives equality, so each item states the weak inequality under convexity or concavity and the strict one under strict convexity or concavity.
  • Printed slip. The page says "Efficiency is a decreasing function of α, i.e., efficiency improves as the marginal revenue curve becomes more concave". EEE is in fact strictly increasing (E(0+)=2/e≈0.7358E(0^+) = 2/e \approx 0.7358E(0+)=2/e≈0.7358, E(1)=0.75E(1) = 0.75E(1)=0.75, E(10)≈0.858E(10) \approx 0.858E(10)≈0.858), as the second half of the sentence and the two limits say. The Lean states the increasing form; the milestone text is kept verbatim. The numerical gloss "2/e≈0.732/e \approx 0.732/e≈0.73" is not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the efficiency in the goal is the ratio of profits computed from RRR at the maximizers, not a definition equal to (2+α)/(1+α)(1+α)/α(2+\alpha)/(1+\alpha)^{(1+\alpha)/\alpha}(2+α)/(1+α)(1+α)/α, and the maximizers are characterized as unique argmaxes rather than assumed.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the general tangent comparisons, which are reusable for any concave revenue model; the real-analysis lemmas on (1+α)1/α(1+\alpha)^{1/\alpha}(1+α)1/α; and the α-family closed forms.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon and M. A. Lariviere, Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations, working paper, June 2000. Published version: Management Science 51(1):30–44, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0215
  • J. J. Spengler, Vertical Integration and Antitrust Policy, Journal of Political Economy 58(4):347–352, 1950. https://doi.org/10.1086/256964
  • M. A. Lariviere and E. L. Porteus, Selling to the Newsvendor: An Analysis of Price-Only Contracts, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 3(4):293–305, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.3.4.293.9971
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations 4: With Retailer Effort, the Supplier Prefers the Wholesale-Price Contract Exactly When τ > 1/√2Research Paper

Motivation

A revenue-sharing contract {ϕ,w}\{\phi, w\}{ϕ,w} lets a supplier charge a retailer a wholesale price www per unit and, in addition, collect the share 1−ϕ1 - \phi1−ϕ of the retailer's revenue. The video-rental industry adopted such contracts at scale in the late 1990s, and Cachon and Lariviere showed that in a broad class of models they coordinate the supply chain: the retailer's privately optimal decisions coincide with those that maximize total channel profit, and the profit can be split arbitrarily between the firms (missions 1 and 2 of this series).

The same authors also studied where revenue sharing breaks down. The most practically relevant limitation is retailer effort: shelf space, service, store cleanliness and promotion raise demand, cost the retailer money, and cannot be written into a contract. Once the retailer gives away part of its revenue, it earns only a share of the return on its effort while still paying the whole cost. This mission formalizes Section 4.2 of the authors' working paper, which shows that revenue sharing then cannot coordinate the channel while leaving the supplier any profit, and, in an explicit linear-demand example, determines exactly when the supplier is better off with the plain wholesale-price contract.

The source is the June 2000 working paper (Cachon and Lariviere, Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations), whose results are displayed claims inside numbered sections rather than numbered theorems; the milestones cite section, printed page and display. The published version appeared in Management Science 51(1), 2005.

Setting

General model (Sec. 4.2.1). A supplier produces at unit cost c>0c > 0c>0. The retailer chooses an order quantity q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 and an effort level e≥0e \ge 0e≥0 after observing the contract {ϕ,w}\{\phi, w\}{ϕ,w}. Expected revenue R(q,e)R(q, e)R(q,e) is continuous, differentiable, strictly increasing in eee and concave in qqq; effort costs the retailer g(e)g(e)g(e), where ggg is continuous, increasing, differentiable and convex with g(0)=0g(0) = 0g(0)=0. The profits of the integrated channel, the retailer and the supplier are

Π(q,e)=R(q,e)−g(e)−qc,πr(q,e)=ϕR(q,e)−g(e)−qw,(1−ϕ)R(q,e)+q(w−c).\Pi(q, e) = R(q, e) - g(e) - qc,\qquad \pi_r(q, e) = \phi R(q, e) - g(e) - qw,\qquad (1-\phi)R(q, e) + q(w - c).Π(q,e)=R(q,e)−g(e)−qc,πr​(q,e)=ϕR(q,e)−g(e)−qw,(1−ϕ)R(q,e)+q(w−c).

The integrated solution (qI,eI)(q_I, e_I)(qI​,eI​) maximizes Π\PiΠ over q,e≥0q, e \ge 0q,e≥0.

Linear example (Sec. 4.2.2). Inverse demand is P(q,e)=1−q+2τeP(q, e) = 1 - q + 2\tau eP(q,e)=1−q+2τe with an effort-impact parameter τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0, revenue is R(q,e)=qP(q,e)R(q, e) = qP(q, e)R(q,e)=qP(q,e) and effort costs g(e)=e2g(e) = e^2g(e)=e2. For a share ϕ\phiϕ the supplier's profit when the retailer responds optimally to {ϕ,w}\{\phi, w\}{ϕ,w} is πs(w,ϕ)\pi_s(w, \phi)πs​(w,ϕ), and the supplier's optimal profit is

V(ϕ)=sup⁡w≥0πs(w,ϕ).V(\phi) = \sup_{w \ge 0} \pi_s(w, \phi).V(ϕ)=w≥0sup​πs​(w,ϕ).

The share ϕ=1\phi = 1ϕ=1 is the wholesale-price contract.

Formalization targets

Goal: the supplier's choice of contract

For 0≤τ<10 \le \tau < 10≤τ<1, 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1 and every ϕ∈(0,1]\phi \in (0, 1]ϕ∈(0,1], the supremum defining V(ϕ)V(\phi)V(ϕ) is attained at the price w(ϕ)=ϕ((1−τ2)ϕ+c(1−ϕτ2))/(1+ϕ(1−2τ2))w(\phi) = \phi\big((1-\tau^2)\phi + c(1-\phi\tau^2)\big)/\big(1 + \phi(1-2\tau^2)\big)w(ϕ)=ϕ((1−τ2)ϕ+c(1−ϕτ2))/(1+ϕ(1−2τ2)), and

V(ϕ)=(1−c)24(1+ϕ(1−2τ2)).V(\phi) = \frac{(1 - c)^2}{4\big(1 + \phi(1 - 2\tau^2)\big)} .V(ϕ)=4(1+ϕ(1−2τ2))(1−c)2​.

Consequently VVV is strictly increasing on (0,1](0, 1](0,1] if τ>1/2\tau > 1/\sqrt 2τ>1/2​ (the wholesale-price contract is the supplier's unique best share), constant if τ=1/2\tau = 1/\sqrt 2τ=1/2​, and strictly decreasing if τ<1/2\tau < 1/\sqrt 2τ<1/2​, with V(ϕ)→(1−c)2/4V(\phi) \to (1-c)^2/4V(ϕ)→(1−c)2/4 as ϕ→0+\phi \to 0^+ϕ→0+.

Milestones

  1. Sec. 4.2.1, p. 22: with w=ϕcw = \phi cw=ϕc and ϕ<1\phi < 1ϕ<1 the retailer's optimal effort at qIq_IqI​ is below eIe_IeI​.
  2. Sec. 4.2.1, p. 22: if (qI,eI)(q_I, e_I)(qI​,eI​) is optimal for the retailer, then ϕ=1\phi = 1ϕ=1, w=cw = cw=c, and the supplier earns nothing.
  3. Sec. 4.2.2, p. 23: the retailer's unique optimal effort at quantity qqq is e(q)=ϕτqe(q) = \phi\tau qe(q)=ϕτq.
  4. Sec. 4.2.2, pp. 23–24: the retailer's reduced profit q[ϕ−q(ϕ−ϕ2τ2)−w]q[\phi - q(\phi - \phi^2\tau^2) - w]q[ϕ−q(ϕ−ϕ2τ2)−w], its unique joint optimum (q(w,ϕ),e(q(w,ϕ)))\big(q(w,\phi), e(q(w,\phi))\big)(q(w,ϕ),e(q(w,ϕ))) with q(w,ϕ)=(ϕ−w)/(2(ϕ−ϕ2τ2))q(w, \phi) = (\phi - w)/(2(\phi - \phi^2\tau^2))q(w,ϕ)=(ϕ−w)/(2(ϕ−ϕ2τ2)) for w<ϕw < \phiw<ϕ and 000 otherwise, and the optimal profit (ϕ−w)2/(4(ϕ−ϕ2τ2))(\phi - w)^2/(4(\phi - \phi^2\tau^2))(ϕ−w)2/(4(ϕ−ϕ2τ2)).
  5. Sec. 4.2.2, p. 24: the integrated retail price pI=(1+c(1−2τ2))/(2(1−τ2))p_I = (1 + c(1-2\tau^2))/(2(1-\tau^2))pI​=(1+c(1−2τ2))/(2(1−τ2)), increasing in ccc if τ<1/2\tau < 1/\sqrt 2τ<1/2​ and decreasing if τ>1/2\tau > 1/\sqrt 2τ>1/2​.
  6. Sec. 4.2.2, p. 24: πs(⋅,ϕ)\pi_s(\cdot, \phi)πs​(⋅,ϕ) is strictly concave where the retailer orders, and w(ϕ)w(\phi)w(ϕ) is its unique maximizer over w≥0w \ge 0w≥0.
  7. Sec. 4.2.2, p. 24: πs(w(ϕ),ϕ)=(1−c)2/(4(1+ϕ(1−2τ2)))\pi_s(w(\phi), \phi) = (1-c)^2/\big(4(1 + \phi(1-2\tau^2))\big)πs​(w(ϕ),ϕ)=(1−c)2/(4(1+ϕ(1−2τ2))).

Significance

The general result (milestones 1–2) is a clean impossibility statement: with non-contractible effort, the only contract in the revenue-sharing family that coordinates the channel is the wholesale-price contract at marginal cost, which leaves the supplier zero profit. It marks the boundary of the coordination results of the earlier sections, and contrasts with the price-dependent newsvendor, where revenue sharing does coordinate price and quantity because the cost of expanding demand is captured in the revenue function and shared by both firms.

The example turns the impossibility into a design rule. Because coordination is out of reach, the supplier compares contracts by her own profit, and the threshold τ=1/2\tau = 1/\sqrt 2τ=1/2​ separates two regimes: when effort matters a lot she should leave the retailer all revenue and charge only a wholesale price ("a smaller share of a larger pie"); when it matters little she should take as much revenue as possible. The same threshold governs the counterintuitive comparative static that the integrated channel's retail price falls as production cost rises.

All results are proved on paper in the source. None has a machine-checked proof; this mission produces the first. The example is a fully explicit two-stage optimization problem, so the formal development also yields a verified computation of a Stackelberg equilibrium with moral hazard that other contract-design missions can reuse.

Difficulty

The individual calculations are elementary, and the work lies in getting the optimization statements right. The page solves the retailer's problem sequentially (effort first, then quantity) and writes the supplier's objective by substituting closed forms. A faithful proof must instead show that these closed forms are global optima over the constrained domains: the retailer optimizes jointly over the quadrant q,e≥0q, e \ge 0q,e≥0, the corner q=0q = 0q=0 is optimal whenever w≥ϕw \ge \phiw≥ϕ, and the supplier's objective is a quadratic on w≤ϕw \le \phiw≤ϕ glued to the zero function on w≥ϕw \ge \phiw≥ϕ, which is not concave on all of w≥0w \ge 0w≥0. The first-order-condition argument of the general model similarly needs an interior integrated optimum and a strictly positive marginal effect of effort, which "strictly increasing in eee" alone does not provide.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers. The general model is a structure RevShareCoord.Effort.Model carrying RRR, its partial derivatives, ggg, g′g'g′ and ccc; derivatives are one-sided within [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), and joint differentiability of RRR is replaced by its partial derivatives and joint continuity. The example lives in RevShareCoord.Effort.Linear. "Optimal" always means a maximizer over the whole admissible set (q,e≥0q, e \ge 0q,e≥0 for the retailer, w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 for the supplier), and the supplier's value V(ϕ)V(\phi)V(ϕ) is defined as the supremum of her attainable profits, not by the printed formula.

Deviations from the page, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • τ<1\tau < 1τ<1 instead of τ∈[0,1]\tau \in [0, 1]τ∈[0,1]: at τ=1\tau = 1τ=1 the integrated problem is unbounded and pIp_IpI​ divides by zero. The page's "jointly concave in qqq and τ\tauτ" is read as qqq and eee.
  • 0<c<10 < c < 10<c<1: c>0c > 0c>0 is the standing assumption of Sec. 1, and c<1c < 1c<1 is needed for a positive integrated quantity.
  • ϕ∈(0,1]\phi \in (0, 1]ϕ∈(0,1] in the example: at ϕ=0\phi = 0ϕ=0 the retailer keeps no revenue and q(w,ϕ)q(w, \phi)q(w,ϕ) divides by zero. The page's optimal share "ϕ=0\phi = 0ϕ=0" for τ<1/2\tau < 1/\sqrt 2τ<1/2​ is stated as strict decrease on (0,1](0, 1](0,1] with the limit at 0+0^+0+.
  • The printed second derivative −(1−ϕ(1−2τ2))/(2ϕ2(1−ϕτ2)2)-\big(1 - \phi(1-2\tau^2)\big)/\big(2\phi^2(1-\phi\tau^2)^2\big)−(1−ϕ(1−2τ2))/(2ϕ2(1−ϕτ2)2) has a sign slip in the numerator; the Lean states −(1+ϕ(1−2τ2))/(2ϕ2(1−ϕτ2)2)-\big(1 + \phi(1-2\tau^2)\big)/\big(2\phi^2(1-\phi\tau^2)^2\big)−(1+ϕ(1−2τ2))/(2ϕ2(1−ϕτ2)2).
  • "Otherwise decreasing" fails at τ=1/2\tau = 1/\sqrt 2τ=1/2​, where VVV and pIp_IpI​ are constant; the trichotomy is stated.
  • In the general model, the integrated optimum is interior, ∂R/∂e>0\partial R/\partial e > 0∂R/∂e>0 at it, and, for milestone 1, πr(qI,⋅)\pi_r(q_I, \cdot)πr​(qI​,⋅) is strictly concave in eee (the page asserts this but it does not follow from the assumptions).

Plugging the printed w(ϕ)w(\phi)w(ϕ) into πs\pi_sπs​ and comparing across ϕ\phiϕ would turn the dichotomy into a statement about an arbitrary price schedule; the goal instead asserts that w(ϕ)w(\phi)w(ϕ) attains the supremum over all w≥0w \ge 0w≥0, with the retailer best-responding jointly in (q,e)(q, e)(q,e).

No external library beyond Mathlib's real analysis and convexity is needed. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, reusable lemmas on maximizing strictly concave quadratics over orthants, and a generalization of milestone 2 to non-interior optima.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, M. A. Lariviere, Supply Chain Coordination with Revenue-Sharing Contracts: Strengths and Limitations, working paper, June 2000. Published version: Management Science 51(1):30–44, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0215
  • G. P. Cachon, Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts, in Handbooks in Operations Research and Management Science 11, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(03)11006-7
  • S. Desiraju, S. Moorthy, Managing a Distribution Channel under Asymmetric Information with Performance Requirements, Management Science 43(12), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.12.1628
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers IV: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing under a Waiting-Cost ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

A call center has to decide how many agents to staff. In practice the decision is often posed as a service-level constraint rather than a cost trade-off: use the fewest agents for which the expected waiting cost, or the fraction of customers who wait, stays below a target. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; journal version in Operations Research 52(1), 2004, doi:10.1287/opre.1030.0081) treat this constraint problem in Section 8 of their paper, alongside the cost-minimization problem of Sections 5–7, and show that a simple square-root staffing rule solves it asymptotically as the arrival rate grows.

The rule matters because it is what practitioners use. Under the classical Erlang-C model, the exact optimum requires evaluating the Erlang-C formula over many staffing levels. The asymptotic rule replaces this with a single equation in the Halfin–Whitt function PPP: when the target is a delay probability ε\varepsilonε (Example 8.5 of the paper), it reduces to staffing λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ\lambda/\mu + P^{-1}(\varepsilon)\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}λ/μ+P−1(ε)λ/μ​ servers.

Timeline. Erlang's formula for the M/M/N delay probability dates from 1917. Halfin and Whitt (Operations Research 29, 1981) identified the limit P(x)P(x)P(x) of the delay probability under square-root staffing N=λ/μ+xλ/μN = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}N=λ/μ+xλ/μ​ with integer NNN. Jagers and Van Doorn (Operations Research Letters 5, 1986; SIAM Review 33, 1991) studied the continued Erlang loss and delay functions at non-integer numbers of servers, including their convexity, which is what lets the staffing problem be relaxed to a continuous one. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (2000/2004) used these to prove asymptotic optimality of square-root rules for both the cost and the constraint formulations.

Setting

Customers arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ to NNN identical servers, each with service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0; μ\muμ is fixed while λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞. Stability requires N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ. A customer who waits ttt time units costs Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t), where Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, DλD_\lambdaDλ​ is strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and ∫0∞Dλ(t)e−θt dt<∞\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}\,dt < \infty∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−θtdt<∞ for all θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.

The Erlang-C probability of waiting is

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−ν/N)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\{(1-\nu/N)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!} + \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\}^{-1},π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−ν/N)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,

and the conditional waiting cost is G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt. The waiting cost per unit time with NNN servers is

K(N,λ)=λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ).K(N,\lambda) = \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda).K(N,λ)=λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).

Given a target Mλ>0M_\lambda > 0Mλ​>0, the optimal staffing level is the least integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ with K(N,λ)≤MλK(N,\lambda) \le M_\lambdaK(N,λ)≤Mλ​; call it Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​.

In the continuous parametrization Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, define Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), the continuous Erlang-C function πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) with H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1H(M,\alpha) = \{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt\}^{-1}H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1, and Kλ(x)=πλ(x)Gλ(x)K_\lambda(x) = \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Kλ​(x)=πλ​(x)Gλ​(x). The Halfin–Whitt function is P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x))P(x) = 1/(1 + x/h(-x))P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x)) with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate. A staffing function xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0 is judged by the rounding gap

Tλ(x)=min⁡{∣K(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗,λ)∣}.T_\lambda(x) = \min\big\{|K(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - M_\lambda|,\ |K(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda) - K(N^*_\lambda,\lambda)|\big\}.Tλ​(x)=min{∣K(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−Mλ​∣, ∣K(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)−K(Nλ∗​,λ)∣}.

It is asymptotically optimal when Tλ(xλ)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(x_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(xλ​)/Mλ​→0 as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2 (rationalized regime)

Suppose that for some κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and γ∈(0,∞)\gamma \in (0,\infty)γ∈(0,∞), Gλ(κ)/Mλ→γG_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to \gammaGλ​(κ)/Mλ​→γ, i.e. the waiting cost is comparable to the target. Let yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solve P(y)Gλ(y)=MλP(y)G_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaP(y)Gλ​(y)=Mλ​. Then

lim⁡λ→∞Tλ(yλ∗)Mλ=0.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)}{M_\lambda} = 0.λ→∞lim​Mλ​Tλ​(yλ∗​)​=0.

Supporting milestones

  • Lemma C.1: GλG_\lambdaGλ​ is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Section 3: πλ(x)=π(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = \pi(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=π(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) when Nλ(x)N_\lambda(x)Nλ​(x) is an integer.
  • Lemma 8.1: if zλ∗>0z^*_\lambda > 0zλ∗​>0 solves π^λ(z)G^λ(z)=Mλ\hat\pi_\lambda(z)\hat G_\lambda(z) = M_\lambdaπ^λ​(z)G^λ​(z)=Mλ​ and Kλ(zλ∗)/(π^λG^λ)(zλ∗)→1K_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/(\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambda)(z^*_\lambda) \to 1Kλ​(zλ∗​)/(π^λ​G^λ​)(zλ∗​)→1, then Tλ(zλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(zλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.
  • Lemma B.1: PPP is strictly convex and decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Eq. (17): lim sup⁡aλ/b=∞\limsup a_\lambda/b = \inftylimsupaλ​/b=∞ implies lim inf⁡P(aλ)/P(b)=0\liminf P(a_\lambda)/P(b) = 0liminfP(aλ​)/P(b)=0 and lim inf⁡πλ(aλ)/πλ(b)=0\liminf \pi_\lambda(a_\lambda)/\pi_\lambda(b) = 0liminfπλ​(aλ​)/πλ​(b)=0.
  • Lemma 4.1 (Halfin–Whitt): for bounded xλ>0x_\lambda > 0xλ​>0, πλ(xλ)/P(xλ)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x_\lambda) \to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(xλ​)→1; with xλ→xx_\lambda \to xxλ​→x, πλ(xλ)/P(x)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x)\to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(x)→1.

Further target: Theorem 8.6 (efficiency-driven regime)

If Gλ(κ)/Mλ→0G_\lambda(\kappa)/M_\lambda \to 0Gλ​(κ)/Mλ​→0 for every κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 and yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda > 0yλ∗​>0 solves Gλ(y)=MλG_\lambda(y) = M_\lambdaGλ​(y)=Mλ​, then Tλ(yλ∗)/Mλ→0T_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)/M_\lambda \to 0Tλ​(yλ∗​)/Mλ​→0.

Significance

The theorem certifies the staffing rule used in workforce-management practice: the excess staffing is determined by one scalar equation involving the Gaussian function PPP and the scaled waiting cost, and rounding the resulting staffing level misses the constraint by a vanishing fraction of the target. Lemma 8.1 is a reusable framework: any approximation π^λG^λ\hat\pi_\lambda\hat G_\lambdaπ^λ​G^λ​ that is asymptotically exact at the proposed staffing level yields an asymptotically optimal rule, and the paper instantiates it in three regimes (Theorems 8.2, 8.6, 8.9).

The results are proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of them, nor the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous Erlang-C extension, has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would produce the first verified heavy-traffic limit of the Erlang-C delay probability, a verified continuous Erlang-C extension with its integer identity, and the convexity facts about PPP and GλG_\lambdaGλ​ that many staffing papers cite without proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to quote Halfin and Whitt: the delay probability converges to P(x)P(x)P(x) under square-root staffing, so PPP can replace the Erlang-C formula. That limit, as published in 1981, is about integer server counts along sequences with a convergent excess-staffing parameter. The paper needs it for the continuous function HHH at non-integer server counts and for staffing functions that are merely bounded, and it also needs the identity H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integers and the monotonicity of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ in xxx, both cited from Jagers and Van Doorn rather than proved. None of these is in Mathlib. A second obstacle is that the staffing function yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ is defined only implicitly by an equation involving GλG_\lambdaGλ​, which depends on the arbitrary cost functions DλD_\lambdaDλ​; nothing a priori prevents it from escaping to infinity, outside the range where the Halfin–Whitt approximation applies. Finally, TλT_\lambdaTλ​ compares integer-level costs given by the Erlang-C formula with a continuous approximation, so both representations of the delay probability are in play at once.

Formalization scope

The queue itself is not formalized: there is no Markov chain and no waiting-time distribution. Every statement is about the closed-form waiting cost K(N,λ)K(N,\lambda)K(N,λ) with π\piπ given by the Erlang-C formula, exactly as the paper's analysis is. Conventions, all in the namespace DimCallCenters.Constraint:

  • lam : ℝ is the arrival rate (λ is a Lean keyword); limits are Filter.atTop in lam, with μ fixed. Objects indexed by λ (MλM_\lambdaMλ​, Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are functions of lam constrained only for lam > 0.
  • WaitModel packages μ > 0 and DλD_\lambdaDλ​ with Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, strict monotonicity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and integrability of Dλ(t)e−θtD_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}Dλ​(t)e−θt on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for θ > 0 (the paper's finiteness of GGG; integrability is required because Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 0).
  • Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ is a function Nstar : ℝ → ℕ given with its two defining properties (feasible; below every feasible integer level above λ/μ). yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ and zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​ are any positive solutions of their equations; existence and uniqueness are not hypotheses.
  • In TλT_\lambdaTλ​ the round-down term is dropped when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ (an unstable level where KKK is undefined). This can only enlarge TλT_\lambdaTλ​.
  • Asymptotic relations are limits of ratios. lim sup⁡=∞\limsup = \inftylimsup=∞ and lim inf⁡=0\liminf = 0liminf=0 are stated with ∃ᶠ ("frequently"), lim sup⁡<∞\limsup < \inftylimsup<∞ as eventual boundedness.
  • PPP is defined through explicit ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ, hhh; the formula also gives P(0)=1P(0) = 1P(0)=1, used in Lemma 4.1(2) at x=0x = 0x=0.
  • No hypothesis lim⁡N↓λ/μG(N,λ)=∞\lim_{N\downarrow\lambda/\mu}G(N,\lambda) = \inftylimN↓λ/μ​G(N,λ)=∞ is added: it is not needed for the statements here.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: TλT_\lambdaTλ​ keeps all of the paper's terms and is never replaced by a smaller quantity, and the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable — Dλ(t)=aλ/μ tD_\lambda(t) = a\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}\,tDλ​(t)=aλ/μ​t with Mλ=MλM_\lambda = M\lambdaMλ​=Mλ satisfies (33) for every κ\kappaκ with γ=a/(μκM)\gamma = a/(\mu\kappa M)γ=a/(μκM).

Infrastructure needed: the continuous Erlang-C function and its integer identity; the Halfin–Whitt limit (a Gaussian approximation of Poisson/gamma tails); calculus facts about the normal hazard rate. These are reusable beyond this mission, notably by the sibling missions on the cost-minimization problem. Example 8.5 (delay-probability target with Dλ=1t>0D_\lambda = 1_{t>0}Dλ​=1t>0​) motivates the rule but violates the strict monotonicity of DλD_\lambdaDλ​, so it is not an instance of the theorem as stated. Contributions on any milestone, and on Theorem 8.9 (quality-driven regime, which needs Lemma 4.2), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, On the Continued Erlang Loss Function, Operations Research Letters 5:43–46, 1986.
  • A. A. Jagers, E. A. Van Doorn, Convexity of Functions which are Generalizations of the Erlang Loss Function and the Erlang Delay Function, SIAM Review 33:281–282, 1991.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Discounted Dynamic Programming: An Optimal Stationary Plan Exists When the Action Set Is Essentially FiniteResearch Paper

Motivation

Sequential decisions often change the distribution of future states. A planner choosing an action today must account for both its immediate reward and the later rewards made possible by the resulting state. The mathematical question is whether an optimal rule can be chosen once and reused at every stage, even when a competing plan may randomize and use the entire observed history. In Discounted Dynamic Programming, Blackwell studies this question on general Borel state and action spaces, beyond the finite models in which a direct comparison of actions is available.

The paper distinguishes several strengths of optimality. For each distribution of the initial state, an approximately optimal stationary plan exists, but a single plan that is approximately optimal at every initial state need not exist in a general Borel problem. Essential countability of the actions restores uniform approximate stationary optimality; essential finiteness yields exact stationary optimality. These are different mathematical claims, and the mission keeps their different quantifiers visible. Blackwell 1965, pp. 227, 229, 232–234.

Setting

A state is an element sss of a nonempty standard Borel space SSS, and an action is an element aaa of a nonempty standard Borel space AAA. The transition kernel q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) gives a probability distribution for the next state after action aaa in state sss. The reward r(s,a,s′)∈Rr(s,a,s')\in\mathbb Rr(s,a,s′)∈R may depend on that next state s′s's′; it is bounded and Borel measurable. Future rewards are discounted by β\betaβ with 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1. These are the objects of Blackwell’s Sections 2–3. Blackwell 1965, pp. 227–228.

A plan π=(π1,π2,…)\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\ldots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) assigns a probability distribution of actions to each possible history before a decision. At stage nnn, that history contains n−1n-1n−1 completed state-action pairs and the current state. Thus plans may randomize and depend on earlier states and actions. A Markov plan instead uses a Borel function fn:S→Af_n:S\to Afn​:S→A at each stage; a stationary plan uses the same function fff at every stage and is denoted f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞). Starting from state sss, the plan has discounted expected return

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞βn−1 Esπ[r(σn,αn,σn+1)].I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\beta^{n-1}\,\mathbb E_s^\pi\bigl[r(\sigma_n,\alpha_n,\sigma_{n+1})\bigr].I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​βn−1Esπ​[r(σn​,αn​,σn+1​)].

Here σn\sigma_nσn​ and αn\alpha_nαn​ are the state and action at stage nnn. The comparison class for an optimal plan is all such plans, including randomized and history-dependent ones. Blackwell 1965, pp. 228–229.

Two actions are equivalent at state sss when they have the same reward r(s,a,s′)r(s,a,s')r(s,a,s′) for every next state s′s's′ and the same transition measure q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a). An action set is essentially countable by a Markov plan (f1,f2,…)(f_1,f_2,\ldots)(f1​,f2​,…) if, for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a), one of the actions fn(s)f_n(s)fn​(s) is equivalent to aaa at sss. It is essentially finite by that plan if SSS has a countable Borel partition (Sn)(S_n)(Sn​) such that, for s∈Sns\in S_ns∈Sn​, one of f1(s),…,fn(s)f_1(s),\ldots,f_n(s)f1​(s),…,fn​(s) is equivalent to every action aaa at sss. A finite action set is a special case. Blackwell 1965, pp. 233–234.

Formalization targets

For a probability distribution ppp on SSS and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, (p,ε)(p,\varepsilon)(p,ε)-optimality asks for a stationary fff with

p{s:I(π)(s)>I(f(∞))(s)+ε}=0for every plan π.p\{s:I(\pi)(s)>I(f^{(\infty)})(s)+\varepsilon\}=0\qquad\text{for every plan }\pi.p{s:I(π)(s)>I(f(∞))(s)+ε}=0for every plan π.

Theorem 6(b) asserts that such an fff always exists. Under essential countability, Theorem 7(a) obtains a stronger, uniform ε\varepsilonε-optimality statement: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a stationary fff with I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)+εI(\pi)(s)\le I(f^{(\infty)})(s)+\varepsilonI(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)+ε for all π,s\pi,sπ,s. Its other targets identify the optimal return with the fixed point of the operator Uπu=sup⁡nTfnuU_\pi u=\sup_nT_{f_n}uUπ​u=supn​Tfn​​u and with the unique bounded solution of the optimality equation u=sup⁡a∈ATauu=\sup_{a\in A}T_auu=supa∈A​Ta​u. Blackwell 1965, pp. 232–234.

The mission’s goal is Theorem 7(b). Under essential finiteness, it asks for a stationary fff with exact optimality:

I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)for every plan π and state s.I(\pi)(s)\le I(f^{(\infty)})(s)\qquad\text{for every plan }\pi\text{ and state }s.I(π)(s)≤I(f(∞))(s)for every plan π and state s.

The milestone list also includes the paper’s operator identity, approximate selection result, contraction criterion, generated-plan comparison, and upper-bound criterion. Each has its own source index and statement. Blackwell 1965, pp. 231–234.

Significance

The exact result says that, under a condition weaker than a globally finite action set, repeated use of one measurable state-based rule matches or exceeds the return of every adaptive randomized plan. It is a structural result about what information and randomization can add to discounted control. The preceding approximate results specify what can still be guaranteed when that condition is relaxed; Blackwell’s examples show that the distinctions cannot simply be ignored. Blackwell 1965, pp. 229–230, 234.

Blackwell proved these statements in 1965. The formalization work here is to give machine-checked proofs for the Borel-space model and its full comparison class, together with reusable definitions of history-dependent kernels, returns, stationary rules, and Bellman operators. The draft theorem statements compile as Lean declarations, but their proofs remain open. The milestone results are intended to make both the final theorem and its supporting measure-theoretic objects independently usable.

Difficulty

On an uncountable Borel action space, the pointwise supremum of available action values does not automatically come with a Borel action selector. Choosing a maximizing action separately at each state may fail to define a measurable rule, and a supremum need not be attained. Also, a Markov or stationary comparison cannot by itself certify optimality against plans that depend on full histories. These issues are real in the paper’s examples: general Borel problems may lack an ε\varepsilonε-optimal plan, and a given plan need not be uniformly approximated by a Markov plan. Blackwell 1965, pp. 229–230.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses nonempty StandardBorelSpace types for SSS and AAA. “Baire function” is read as Borel measurable on these metrizable spaces. The problem stores a Markov transition kernel, a bounded measurable real reward on S×A×SS\times A\times SS×A×S, and 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1; β=0\beta=0β=0 is included. A plan contains a probability kernel on each finite history, and the return is the actual absolutely convergent series of expected one-stage rewards. The first decision is indexed by 000 in Lean, corresponding to the paper’s index 111. The finite history law is assembled through kernel composition products, and a stationary rule is represented by deterministic kernels. The integrals and series therefore express the paper’s expected return, including the cases where the reward depends on the next state.

For the operator results, M(S)M(S)M(S) means bounded and measurable real functions. The suprema defining UπU_\piUπ​ and the optimal return are real suprema over nonempty families bounded by the reward and discount; they are used only in that setting. The abstract operator in Theorem 5 maps M(S)M(S)M(S) into itself. The action equivalence predicate uses the paper’s explicit equality of reward functions and transition laws; the later “i.e.” phrasing on p. 234 is weaker when interpreted as equality of operators alone. A partition piece may be empty, and Lean’s piece nnn corresponds to the paper’s Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​, with rules f1,…,fn+1f_1,\ldots,f_{n+1}f1​,…,fn+1​.

An optimality claim here always compares with every randomized history-dependent plan. Restricting that quantifier to Markov or stationary plans would trivialize the target. A complete development needs measure-theoretic facts about history laws and their bounded integrals, the discounted series, measurable partitions and selections, and the sup-norm contraction of bounded Borel functions. The history-law and bounded-function infrastructure can be reused outside this mission. Contributions to those foundations and to the numbered milestone theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • David Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 226–235, 1965. DOI: 10.1214/aoms/1177700285.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case I: Finite-Horizon Abstract Dynamic Programming — the DP Algorithm Yields the N-Stage Optimal CostTextbook

Motivation

Dynamic programming (DP) solves sequential decision problems by backward recursion: compute the optimal cost of the last stage, then of the last two stages, and so on. For problems with finitely many states and controls and real-valued costs, the recursion obviously gives the optimal cost. Applications are rarely like that. Control spaces are continuous, costs can be unbounded or infinite, the criterion can be multiplicative (risk-sensitive exponential cost) or worst-case (minimax), and the set of policies is an infinite product of function spaces. In this setting the DP recursion can fail to produce the optimal cost.

Bertsekas and Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (Academic Press 1978; Athena Scientific 1996), Part I, separates the order-theoretic content of DP from the measure theory. It works with an abstract monotone mapping HHH that covers deterministic, stochastic, multiplicative-cost and minimax problems at once, following Bertsekas, Monotone mappings with application in dynamic programming, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15 (1977). Chapter 3 answers the finite-horizon questions: when does the DP algorithm give the NNN-stage optimal cost, and when do optimal or nearly optimal policies exist? This mission is the first of a series formalizing the book. Later chapters (contraction models, monotone increase and decrease models, the Borel models of Part II) are built on the model fixed here.

Setting

Let SSS (states) and CCC (controls) be sets, and for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S let U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C be a nonempty control constraint set. Write R∗=[−∞,∞]R^*=[-\infty,\infty]R∗=[−∞,∞] and let FFF be the set of all functions J:S→R∗J:S\to R^*J:S→R∗, ordered pointwise. A mapping H:S×C×F→R∗H:S\times C\times F\to R^*H:S×C×F→R∗ is given, subject to the Monotonicity Assumption: J≤J′J\le J'J≤J′ implies H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′)H(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J')H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J′) for all x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, u∈U(x)u\in U(x)u∈U(x).

A selector is a function μ:S→C\mu:S\to Cμ:S→C with μ(x)∈U(x)\mu(x)\in U(x)μ(x)∈U(x) for all xxx. A policy is a sequence π=(μ0,μ1,… )\pi=(\mu_0,\mu_1,\dots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) of selectors. Define

Tμ(J)(x)=H[x,μ(x),J],T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x)H(x,u,J),T_\mu(J)(x)=H[x,\mu(x),J],\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}H(x,u,J),Tμ​(J)(x)=H[x,μ(x),J],T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​H(x,u,J),

and let TkT^kTk be the kkk-fold composition of TTT. A terminal function J0∈FJ_0\in FJ0​∈F with J0(x)>−∞J_0(x)>-\inftyJ0​(x)>−∞ for all xxx is fixed. The NNN-stage cost of π\piπ and the NNN-stage optimal cost are

JN,π=(Tμ0Tμ1⋯TμN−1)(J0),JN∗(x)=inf⁡πJN,π(x).J_{N,\pi}=(T_{\mu_0}T_{\mu_1}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J_0),\qquad J^*_N(x)=\inf_{\pi}J_{N,\pi}(x).JN,π​=(Tμ0​​Tμ1​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J0​),JN∗​(x)=πinf​JN,π​(x).

A policy is uniformly NNN-stage optimal if each tail (μi,μi+1,… )(\mu_i,\mu_{i+1},\dots)(μi​,μi+1​,…) is (N−i)(N-i)(N−i)-stage optimal, and NNN-stage ε\varepsilonε-optimal if JN,π(x)≤JN∗(x)+εJ_{N,\pi}(x)\le J^*_N(x)+\varepsilonJN,π​(x)≤JN∗​(x)+ε where JN∗(x)>−∞J^*_N(x)>-\inftyJN∗​(x)>−∞ and JN,π(x)≤−1/εJ_{N,\pi}(x)\le-1/\varepsilonJN,π​(x)≤−1/ε where JN∗(x)=−∞J^*_N(x)=-\inftyJN∗​(x)=−∞.

The three conditions on HHH used in the chapter are F.1 (continuity of HHH along nonincreasing sequences JkJ_kJk​ with H(x,u,J1)<∞H(x,u,J_1)<\inftyH(x,u,J1​)<∞), F.2 (there is α>0\alpha>0α>0 with H(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J+r)≤H(x,u,J)+αrH(x,u,J)\le H(x,u,J+r)\le H(x,u,J)+\alpha rH(x,u,J)≤H(x,u,J+r)≤H(x,u,J)+αr for all r>0r>0r>0), and F.3 (a quantitative selection property with a constant β>0\beta>0β>0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1

Under F.1, if Jk,π(x)<∞J_{k,\pi}(x)<\inftyJk,π​(x)<∞ for all x,πx,\pix,π and k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N; or under F.2, if Jk∗(x)>−∞J^*_k(x)>-\inftyJk∗​(x)>−∞ for all xxx and k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N:

JN∗=TN(J0),J^*_N=T^N(J_0),JN∗​=TN(J0​),

and under F.2, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is πε\pi_\varepsilonπε​ with JN∗≤JN,πε≤JN∗+εJ^*_N\le J_{N,\pi_\varepsilon}\le J^*_N+\varepsilonJN∗​≤JN,πε​​≤JN∗​+ε.

Milestones

  • Proposition 3.3: π∗\pi^*π∗ is uniformly NNN-stage optimal iff (Tμk∗TN−k−1)(J0)=TN−k(J0)(T_{\mu^*_k}T^{N-k-1})(J_0)=T^{N-k}(J_0)(Tμk∗​​TN−k−1)(J0​)=TN−k(J0​) for k<Nk<Nk<N. Needs monotonicity only.
  • Corollary 3.3.1: a uniformly NNN-stage optimal policy exists iff every infimum Tk+1(J0)(x)=inf⁡uH[x,u,Tk(J0)]T^{k+1}(J_0)(x)=\inf_{u}H[x,u,T^k(J_0)]Tk+1(J0​)(x)=infu​H[x,u,Tk(J0​)] is attained, and then JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​).
  • Proposition 3.4: if CCC is Hausdorff and every sublevel set {u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(J0)]≤λ}\{u\in U(x)\mid H[x,u,T^k(J_0)]\le\lambda\}{u∈U(x)∣H[x,u,Tk(J0​)]≤λ} is compact, then JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) and a uniformly NNN-stage optimal policy exists.
  • Proposition 3.7: the minimax mapping H(x,u,J)=sup⁡w∈W(x,u){g+αJ[f]}H(x,u,J)=\sup_{w\in W(x,u)}\{g+\alpha J[f]\}H(x,u,J)=supw∈W(x,u)​{g+αJ[f]} satisfies F.2 with constant α\alphaα.
  • Proposition 3.6: the multiplicative mapping H(x,u,J)=E{g J[f]∣x,u}H(x,u,J)=E\{g\,J[f]\mid x,u\}H(x,u,J)=E{gJ[f]∣x,u} over a countable disturbance set satisfies F.1, and F.2 with constant bbb when 0≤g≤b0\le g\le b0≤g≤b.
  • Proposition 3.2: under F.3 and the finiteness of Jk,πJ_{k,\pi}Jk,π​, JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) and, for εn↓0\varepsilon_n\downarrow0εn​↓0, policies with {εn}\{\varepsilon_n\}{εn​}-dominated convergence to optimality exist.
  • Corollary 3.7.1(a): for minimax control with J0=0J_0=0J0​=0 and Jk∗>−∞J^*_k>-\inftyJk∗​>−∞, the DP algorithm gives JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ and NNN-stage ε\varepsilonε-optimal policies exist.

Significance

The identity JN∗=TN(J0)J^*_N=T^N(J_0)JN∗​=TN(J0​) says that an infimum over an infinite-dimensional policy space equals NNN nested one-dimensional infima. Every numerical use of finite-horizon DP depends on it, and so do the infinite-horizon results of later chapters, which pass to the limit in TN(J0)T^N(J_0)TN(J0​). Corollary 3.3.1 and Proposition 3.4 give the existence of optimal policies, and Propositions 3.6 and 3.7 verify the abstract hypotheses for two models outside standard expected additive cost.

These results are proved in the book; none of them is formalized. Mathlib has no abstract DP model, and the platform's finite-horizon results (Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Prop. 1.3.1 and the minimax DP algorithm) assume finite disturbance and constraint sets and real costs. They are special cases, not this theory. The finite-horizon results of the 1977 paper (Lemma 3.1 here, on compact sublevel sets, and Corollary 3.1.1, the F.1′ case) are already posed on the platform and are not posed again.

Difficulty

The obvious argument interchanges the infimum over policies with the composition of operators: inf⁡πTμ0(⋯ )=T(inf⁡π′⋯ )\inf_\pi T_{\mu_0}(\cdots)=T(\inf_{\pi'}\cdots)infπ​Tμ0​​(⋯)=T(infπ′​⋯). The inequality TN(J0)≤JN∗T^N(J_0)\le J^*_NTN(J0​)≤JN∗​ follows from monotonicity alone. The reverse inequality is the content. Taking a near-minimizing selector at each stage requires either passing a limit inside HHH (F.1) or bounding how errors at later stages propagate through HHH (F.2, F.3). Both steps break at infinite values. With Jk∗(x)=−∞J^*_k(x)=-\inftyJk∗​(x)=−∞ there may be no ε\varepsilonε-optimal policy at all (Counterexample 4 of the book). Without F.1 or F.2 the identity itself fails (Counterexamples 1–3). A proof must therefore track separately the states where the optimal cost is −∞-\infty−∞, which is why F.3 and the definition of ε\varepsilonε-optimality have two cases.

Formalization scope

The model is a structure Model S C with fields U, U_nonempty, H : S → C → (S → EReal) → EReal and the monotonicity proof. Policies are ℕ → Selector, with selectors as a subtype of S → C. TNT^NTN is m.T^[N], and (Tμ0⋯TμN−1)(J)(T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{N-1}})(J)(Tμ0​​⋯TμN−1​​)(J) is a recursion that applies TμN−1T_{\mu_{N-1}}TμN−1​​ first. All values lie in EReal. The book's convention ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞ never arises in Propositions 3.1–3.4, which only add real numbers to extended reals. The minimax and multiplicative mappings implement it explicitly (badd, and an expectation that returns +∞+\infty+∞ when the positive part diverges). Every theorem assumes J0>−∞J_0>-\inftyJ0​>−∞ and N≥1N\ge1N≥1. Assumptions F.1–F.3 are predicates on the model. F.2 is also available with a named constant (F2With) so that Propositions 3.6 and 3.7 can carry the book's constants bbb and α\alphaα.

JN∗J^*_NJN∗​ is defined as an infimum over policies of the composed operators, never through TTT, so the goal is not true by definition. A formalization in which JN,πJ_{N,\pi}JN,π​ already contains an infimum over controls would make Proposition 3.1 hold by rfl, and this one rules that out.

Proving the goal needs elementary EReal order arithmetic, iterated infima over subtypes, and pointwise selection of near-minimizers via choice. Proposition 3.6 additionally needs monotone and dominated convergence for countable sums in ℝ≥0∞. The model and operator definitions are reusable by the later missions of the series (contraction, monotone increase and decrease models). Proofs of any milestone, and reusable EReal lemmas about shifting by real constants, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press 1978; Athena Scientific 1996, Chapters 2–3. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Monotone mappings with application in dynamic programming, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(3) (1977) 438–464. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315031
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Stochastic Control, Academic Press 1976.
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Abstract Dynamic Programming, 3rd ed., Athena Scientific 2022. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/abstractdp_MIT.html
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers III: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing in the Quality-Driven RegimeResearch Paper

Motivation

How many agents should a call center staff? Telephone call centers employ millions of people, and staffing is their largest cost, so the question is asked every half hour of every day (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum, 2003). The classical model is the M/M/N (Erlang-C) queue: calls arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ, service times are exponential with mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ, and NNN agents serve in parallel. Practitioners use the square-root safety staffing rule N≈λ/μ+yλ/μN \approx \lambda/\mu + y\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}N≈λ/μ+yλ/μ​, which Halfin and Whitt (1981) justified in the regime where the probability of waiting stays bounded away from 000 and 111.

Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; published as Operations Research 52(1), 2004) asked when such a rule is actually optimal: given a staffing cost and a waiting cost, which staffing level minimizes total cost as the arrival rate grows? They identified three regimes according to how the two costs compare. This mission formalizes their third case, the quality-driven regime, in which waiting is so expensive relative to staffing that the optimal number of agents exceeds the offered load by more than any fixed multiple of its square root.

Setting

Fix a service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. For every arrival rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 a waiting-cost function DλD_\lambdaDλ​ assigns cost Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t) to a wait of ttt time units; it satisfies Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0) = 0Dλ​(0)=0, is strictly increasing, and t↦Dλ(t)e−θtt \mapsto D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}t↦Dλ​(t)e−θt is integrable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for every θ>0\theta > 0θ>0. A staffing cost FFF, defined for real N>0N > 0N>0, is convex and strictly increasing.

For an integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ the probability of waiting is the Erlang-C formula

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−ν/N)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,ν=λ/μ,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Bigl\{(1-\nu/N)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!} + \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Bigr\}^{-1},\qquad \nu = \lambda/\mu,π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−ν/N)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,ν=λ/μ,

the expected waiting cost of a delayed customer is G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt, and the total cost per unit time is C(N,λ)=F(N)+λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ)C(N,\lambda) = F(N) + \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda)C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ). An optimal staffing level Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ minimizes C(⋅,λ)C(\cdot,\lambda)C(⋅,λ) over the integers N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ.

Write Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, and for x>0x > 0x>0 put Fλ(x)=F(Nλ(x))−F(λ/μ)F_\lambda(x) = F(N_\lambda(x)) - F(\lambda/\mu)Fλ​(x)=F(Nλ​(x))−F(λ/μ), Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), and πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ), where H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1H(M,\alpha) = \{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt\}^{-1}H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1 extends the Erlang-C formula to real MMM. The normalized cost is Cλ(x)=Fλ(x)+πλ(x)Gλ(x)C_\lambda(x) = F_\lambda(x) + \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Cλ​(x)=Fλ​(x)+πλ​(x)Gλ​(x), and a surrogate cost is C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z)C[z;\hat F,\hat\pi,\hat G] = \hat F(z) + \hat\pi(z)\hat G(z)C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z). Rounding is measured by Sλ(x)=min⁡{C(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ),C(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)}S_\lambda(x) = \min\{C(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda), C(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda)\}Sλ​(x)=min{C(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ),C(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)}.

Two special functions appear. The Halfin–Whitt delay function is P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x))P(x) = 1/(1 + x/h(-x))P(x)=1/(1+x/h(−x)) with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate. The Stirling-type approximation is

Qλ(x)=exp⁡{Nλ(x)[1−rλ(x)+log⁡rλ(x)]}2πNλ(x) (1−rλ(x)),rλ(x)=λ/μNλ(x).Q_\lambda(x) = \frac{\exp\{N_\lambda(x)[1 - r_\lambda(x) + \log r_\lambda(x)]\}}{\sqrt{2\pi N_\lambda(x)}\,(1-r_\lambda(x))},\qquad r_\lambda(x) = \frac{\lambda/\mu}{N_\lambda(x)}.Qλ​(x)=2πNλ​(x)​(1−rλ​(x))exp{Nλ​(x)[1−rλ​(x)+logrλ​(x)]}​,rλ​(x)=Nλ​(x)λ/μ​.

Asymptotic relations are limits of ratios as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞: aλ≈∞bλa_\lambda \stackrel{\infty}{\approx} b_\lambdaaλ​≈∞bλ​ means aλ/bλ→1a_\lambda/b_\lambda \to 1aλ​/bλ​→1, and aλ≪∞bλa_\lambda \stackrel{\infty}{\ll} b_\lambdaaλ​≪∞​bλ​ means aλ/bλ→0a_\lambda/b_\lambda \to 0aλ​/bλ​→0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

Assume the regime is quality-driven, display (27): Fλ(κ)≪∞Gλ(κ)F_\lambda(\kappa) \stackrel{\infty}{\ll} G_\lambda(\kappa)Fλ​(κ)≪∞​Gλ​(κ) for every κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0. Let yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ minimize Fλ(y)+Qλ(y)Gλ(y)F_\lambda(y) + Q_\lambda(y)G_\lambda(y)Fλ​(y)+Qλ​(y)Gλ​(y) over y>0y > 0y>0. Then

lim⁡λ→∞Sλ(yλ∗)−F(λ/μ)C(Nλ∗,λ)−F(λ/μ)=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{S_\lambda(y^*_\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)}{C(N^*_\lambda,\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)} = 1.λ→∞lim​C(Nλ∗​,λ)−F(λ/μ)Sλ​(yλ∗​)−F(λ/μ)​=1.

The statement fixes no constants and no rate; it asserts only that rounding the surrogate optimum loses a vanishing fraction of the excess cost.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma C.1 (GλG_\lambdaGλ​ strictly convex decreasing); the identity H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integer NNN (Section 3, p. 12); Lemma 3.1 and Lemma 3.2; Corollary 3.3 (the asymptotic optimality criterion); Lemma B.1 (PPP strictly convex decreasing); display (15); Lemma 4.1 (Halfin and Whitt); and the first statement of Lemma 4.2, πλ(xλ)≈∞Qλ(xλ)\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda) \stackrel{\infty}{\approx} Q_\lambda(x_\lambda)πλ​(xλ​)≈∞Qλ​(xλ​) whenever xλ→∞x_\lambda\to\inftyxλ​→∞.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 completes the paper's picture of optimal staffing. In the rationalized regime the square-root rule with the Halfin–Whitt function PPP is optimal; in the efficiency-driven regime staffing barely exceeds the load; in the quality-driven regime the staffing excess outgrows λ/μ\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}λ/μ​ and PPP must be replaced by the Stirling-type expression QλQ_\lambdaQλ​. The theorem gives a one-dimensional minimization whose solution is asymptotically optimal, which turns a discrete optimization over NNN into a smooth problem, and it marks the boundary of validity of square-root staffing.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. A complete development formalizes the Section 3 framework (shared with the other regimes of the same paper), the convexity of GλG_\lambdaGλ​ and of PPP, the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous extension πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​, and the Stirling-type asymptotics of the Erlang-C formula. Each of these is a reusable piece of queueing theory in Lean.

Difficulty

The regime theorem itself is short once the framework is in place; the weight lies in the analytic lemmas. Lemma 4.2 requires uniform asymptotics of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ at a staffing excess xλx_\lambdaxλ​ that may grow at any rate, from barely faster than a constant to faster than λ\sqrt{\lambda}λ​, where neither the central-limit picture of Halfin and Whitt nor a single Stirling expansion covers all cases. Lemma 4.1 concerns the continuous extension πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ at non-integer server counts, whereas Halfin and Whitt's theorem is about integer ones. The natural first idea, that the goal follows from Corollary 3.3 by plugging in Lemma 4.2, does not apply directly: Lemma 4.2 only covers staffing excesses that tend to infinity, and nothing in the definition of the true optimum xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​ or the surrogate optimum yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ says that they do.

Formalization scope

Lean represents λ\lambdaλ as a positive real, and λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞ is the filter atTop on R\mathbb{R}R with μ\muμ fixed. The standing assumptions on μ\muμ and DλD_\lambdaDλ​ are the structure WaitModel; FFF is a function argument with hypotheses ConvexOn and StrictMonoOn on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). Staffing levels NNN are natural numbers. Minimizers (Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​, zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are function arguments with minimality hypotheses at every λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, so every statement holds for every choice among ties. Liminf and limsup relations are stated through Filter.Frequently, avoiding boundedness side conditions.

The queue itself (Poisson arrivals, waiting-time law) is not formalized: the paper's analysis and all its theorems concern the closed-form cost C(N,λ)C(N,\lambda)C(N,λ) with the Erlang-C formula.

Conventions committed to: (i) the goal adds the hypothesis G(N,λ)→∞G(N,\lambda)\to\inftyG(N,λ)→∞ as N↓λ/μN\downarrow\lambda/\muN↓λ/μ, which the paper asserts on p. 12 to show the continuous optimum exists but which does not follow from its standing assumptions (it holds exactly when DλD_\lambdaDλ​ is unbounded); (ii) in SλS_\lambdaSλ​ the floor term is omitted when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ, since the cost is undefined at unstable levels; (iii) the integrability of Dλ(t)e−θtD_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}Dλ​(t)e−θt is explicit, because a Lean integral of a non-integrable function is 000; (iv) P(0)=1P(0) = 1P(0)=1, the value of formula (11) at 000; (v) display (15) is stated for b>0b > 0b>0, since the ratio aλ/ba_\lambda/baλ​/b is undefined at b=0b = 0b=0. The instance μ=1\mu = 1μ=1, F(N)=cNF(N) = cNF(N)=cN, Dλ(t)=aλ tD_\lambda(t) = a\sqrt{\lambda}\,tDλ​(t)=aλ​t (Section 9) satisfies every hypothesis of the goal, so the goal is not vacuous; taking πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ or GλG_\lambdaGλ​ at Lean default values is ruled out by these explicit domain conditions.

Only the first statement of Lemma 4.2 is a milestone: the second, πλ(xλ)≈Q(xλ)\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)\approx Q(x_\lambda)πλ​(xλ​)≈Q(xλ​) under xλ≤sup⁡λ1/6x_\lambda \stackrel{\sup}{\le} \lambda^{1/6}xλ​≤sup​λ1/6, fails as printed at xλ=λ1/6x_\lambda = \lambda^{1/6}xλ​=λ1/6. Contributions on the Erlang-C asymptotics, the normal hazard rate, and Laplace transforms of increasing functions are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000 (the version formalized here; every index and page cited in this mission is the report's).
  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone Call Centers: Tutorial, Review, and Research Prospects, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(2):79–141, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
24 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisDifferential Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds I: Coming Back to a Submanifold Along a Smooth Field of Transverse Subspaces Defines a RetractionResearch Paper

Motivation

Iterative methods for optimization and equation solving on a smooth constraint set M\mathcal MM (orthogonal matrices, fixed-rank matrices, spheres, Stiefel and Grassmann manifolds) compute an update vector uuu in the tangent space at the current iterate xxx and then have to return to M\mathcal MM. The Riemannian exponential map does this along geodesics, but computing it means solving an ordinary differential equation. The notion of retraction, introduced by Adler, Dedieu, Margulies, Martens and Shub (IMA J. Numer. Anal., 2002) and developed in the book of Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre (Princeton, 2008), captures what such a return map needs for Newton's method to keep its local quadratic convergence and for gradient methods to converge: smoothness, R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and first-order agreement with the exponential.

Absil and Malick (SIAM J. Optim., 2012; HAL hal-00651608v2) give a general recipe for building retractions on submanifolds of a Euclidean space: move tangentially from xxx to x+ux+ux+u, then come back to M\mathcal MM along a prescribed family of admissible directions. This mission formalizes that recipe, Theorem 4.2 of the paper ("retractors give retractions"), together with the two lemmas its proof rests on.

Setting

Let E\mathcal EE be a Euclidean space of dimension nnn (in the paper's examples, Rn×m\mathbb R^{n\times m}Rn×m with the Frobenius inner product). A set M⊆E\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal EM⊆E is a CkC^kCk submanifold of dimension ddd if around every xˉ∈M\bar x\in\mathcal Mxˉ∈M it is a coordinate slice: there are an open neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of xˉ\bar xxˉ and a CkC^kCk diffeomorphism ϕ\phiϕ of U\mathcal UU onto an open subset of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with M∩U={x∈U:ϕd+1(x)=⋯=ϕn(x)=0}\mathcal M\cap\mathcal U=\{x\in\mathcal U:\phi_{d+1}(x)=\dots=\phi_n(x)=0\}M∩U={x∈U:ϕd+1​(x)=⋯=ϕn​(x)=0}. Throughout, k≥2k\ge2k≥2.

The tangent space TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the linear subspace of E\mathcal EE of tangent directions of M\mathcal MM at xxx, the normal space NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x) is its orthogonal complement, and the tangent bundle is TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM(x)}\mathrm T\mathcal M=\{(x,u):x\in\mathcal M,\ u\in\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)\}TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM​(x)}.

A map RRR from TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM to M\mathcal MM is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ (Definition 2.1) if, on a neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM, it is of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, satisfies R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and u↦R(x,u)u\mapsto R(x,u)u↦R(x,u) has derivative idTM(x)\mathrm{id}_{\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)}idTM​(x)​ at u=0u=0u=0. It is a retraction on M\mathcal MM if this holds around every point.

A retractor (Definition 4.1) is a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 map DDD, defined on a neighbourhood of the zero section of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM, with values in the Grassmann manifold Gr(n−d,E)\mathrm{Gr}(n-d,\mathcal E)Gr(n−d,E) of (n−d)(n-d)(n−d)-dimensional linear subspaces, such that D(x,0)∩TM(x)={0}D(x,0)\cap\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)=\{0\}D(x,0)∩TM​(x)={0} for every x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M. Given DDD, set D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u)\mathcal D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u)D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u) and let

R(x,u)={points of M∩D(x,u) nearest to x+u}.R(x,u)=\{\text{points of }\mathcal M\cap\mathcal D(x,u)\text{ nearest to }x+u\}.R(x,u)={points of M∩D(x,u) nearest to x+u}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (retractors give retractions)

∀xˉ∈M  ∃r:R(x,u)={r(x,u)}  for (x,u)∈TM near (xˉ,0),and r is a retraction around xˉ.\forall\bar x\in\mathcal M\ \ \exists r:\quad R(x,u)=\{r(x,u)\}\ \text{ for }(x,u)\in\mathrm T\mathcal M\text{ near }(\bar x,0),\quad\text{and } r \text{ is a retraction around } \bar x.∀xˉ∈M  ∃r:R(x,u)={r(x,u)}  for (x,u)∈TM near (xˉ,0),and r is a retraction around xˉ.

The theorem asserts both that the point-to-set map RRR is single-valued near the zero section and that it is a retraction there.

Milestone: Lemma 4.7 (the normal case D(x,u)=NM(x)D(x,u)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,u)=NM​(x))

Near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) there is one and only one smallest v(x,u)∈NM(x)v(x,u)\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)v(x,u)∈NM​(x) with x+u+v(x,u)∈Mx+u+v(x,u)\in\mathcal Mx+u+v(x,u)∈M; Duv(x,0)=0\mathrm D_u v(x,0)=0Du​v(x,0)=0; and R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u)R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u)R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u) is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ, hence on M\mathcal MM.

Milestone: Lemma 4.8 (straightening up)

On a neighbourhood of the zero section, D(x,u)={v+A(x,u)v: v∈NM(x)}D(x,u)=\{v+A(x,u)v:\ v\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)\}D(x,u)={v+A(x,u)v: v∈NM​(x)} for a unique linear A(x,u):NM(x)→TM(x)A(x,u):\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)\to\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)A(x,u):NM​(x)→TM​(x) depending Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on (x,u)(x,u)(x,u).

Further: Theorem 4.9 (second order)

If k≥3k\ge3k≥3 and D(x,0)=NM(x)D(x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,0)=NM​(x) for all x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M, then d2dt2R(x,tu)∣t=0∈NM(x)\frac{\mathrm d^2}{\mathrm dt^2}R(x,tu)|_{t=0}\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)dt2d2​R(x,tu)∣t=0​∈NM​(x) for all (x,u)∈TM(x,u)\in\mathrm T\mathcal M(x,u)∈TM.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 reduces the construction of a retraction to the choice of a smooth field of subspaces transverse to the tangent space at u=0u=0u=0. The orthographic retraction (D=NM(x)D=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D=NM​(x)) and the projective retraction R(x,u)=PM(x+u)R(x,u)=P_{\mathcal M}(x+u)R(x,u)=PM​(x+u) (D=NM(PM(x+u))D=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(P_{\mathcal M}(x+u))D=NM​(PM​(x+u))) are both instances, as are the gnomonic, orthographic and stereographic projections on the sphere. Theorem 4.9 then certifies, by a check at u=0u=0u=0 only, that a retraction agrees with the exponential to second order, which matters for the superlinear convergence of Riemannian trust-region and Newton methods. Lemma 4.7 goes beyond an earlier result on tangential parameterizations (reference [28, Th. 3.4] of the paper) by giving Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 regularity jointly in (x,u)(x,u)(x,u), not only in uuu (Remark 4.4 of the paper).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is machine-checked: Mathlib has the implicit function theorem and smooth manifolds, but no embedded submanifolds of a Euclidean space with their tangent and normal bundles, no retractions, and no smooth Grassmannian-valued maps. The work here is to formalize the known proof and to build this layer, which every later mission of this series (projective, spectral, fixed-rank and Stiefel retractions) also needs.

Difficulty

The statement is an implicit-function argument, but the obvious one does not apply directly. The unknown vvv lives in the normal space NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x), which moves with xxx, and (x,u)(x,u)(x,u) ranges over the tangent bundle, a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 submanifold of E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E rather than an open set of a vector space. The equation has to be read in charts of the bundle, which costs one derivative; the uniqueness given by the implicit function theorem holds only locally in (x,u,v)(x,u,v)(x,u,v), and turning it into "the smallest vvv", or "the nearest point of M∩D(x,u)\mathcal M\cap\mathcal D(x,u)M∩D(x,u)", requires excluding far-away intersection points. For a general retractor, the subspace D(x,u)D(x,u)D(x,u) also moves, and has to be written as a graph over the normal space with a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 dependence before a second implicit-function argument applies.

Formalization scope

E\mathcal EE is a finite-dimensional real inner product space E, nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and k,dk,dk,d are natural numbers with 2≤k2\le k2≤k and d≤nd\le nd≤n (the latter inside the submanifold definition). The coordinate slice uses an open partial homeomorphism E → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), CkC^kCk in both directions, with 0-based coordinates. TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the span of Mathlib's tangent cone (chart-free), NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x) its orthogonal complement. Retractions and retractors are total maps on E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E constrained only on O∩TMO\cap\mathrm T\mathcal MO∩TM with OOO open; "of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on a subset of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM" is ContDiffOn on that set. A Grassmannian-valued map is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 when its orthogonal projector PD(x,u)P_{D(x,u)}PD(x,u)​ is, and the dimension n−dn-dn−d of D(x,u)D(x,u)D(x,u) is part of the definition. The set-valued RRR uses the published nearest-point predicate RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection. In Lemma 4.8, A(x,u)A(x,u)A(x,u) is extended by 000 on TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) so that it is an operator on E\mathcal EE. Theorem 4.9 assumes k≥3k\ge3k≥3, the standing assumption of the definition of second-order retractions (display (2.3)), and reads the page's "D(xˉ,0)=NM(x)D(\bar x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(xˉ,0)=NM​(x)" as D(x,0)=NM(x)D(x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,0)=NM​(x) for all x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M.

The goal is not satisfied by exhibiting some retraction: it requires the nearest-point set R(x,u)R(x,u)R(x,u) to equal a singleton {r(x,u)}\{r(x,u)\}{r(x,u)} (so it is nonempty) and that very rrr to be a retraction. Theorem 4.9 requires the curve t↦R(x,tu)t\mapsto R(x,tu)t↦R(x,tu) to be twice differentiable, so a junk second derivative of 000 does not satisfy it.

A complete development needs: finite-rank facts for tangent spaces of slices (dim⁡TM(x)=d\dim\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)=ddimTM​(x)=d), smoothness of x↦PNM(x)x\mapsto P_{\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)}x↦PNM​(x)​, charts of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM and of the Whitney sum TM⊕NM\mathrm T\mathcal M\oplus\mathrm N\mathcal MTM⊕NM, ContDiffOn on submanifolds, and local orthonormal frames of a smooth field of subspaces. All of these are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any of them, and proofs of the two lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P.-A. Absil, J. Malick, Projection-like retractions on matrix manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529 (authors' version: https://hal.science/hal-00651608)
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://press.princeton.edu/absil
  • R. L. Adler, J.-P. Dedieu, J. Y. Margulies, M. Martens, M. Shub, Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds and a geometric model for the human spine, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 22(3):359–390, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/22.3.359
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Relaxation Method of Finding the Common Point of Convex Sets and Its Application to the Solution of Problems in Convex Programming 3: A Convergent Relaxation from Z Solves the Equality ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Many large convex programs have the form "minimize a strictly convex function fff subject to linear equations Ax=bAx=bAx=b". Examples are entropy maximization under moment constraints, the estimation of a matrix with prescribed row and column sums (the matrix-scaling or RAS problem of transportation and input–output analysis), and least-norm solutions of linear systems. When AAA is large and sparse, methods that touch one equation at a time are attractive: each step needs only one row of AAA.

L. M. Bregman's 1967 paper (doi:10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7) introduced such a method. §1 defines a "relaxation" for finding a common point of closed convex sets AiA_iAi​, in which each step replaces the current point by its DDD-projection onto one set: the minimizer of a distance-like function D(⋅,y)D(\cdot,y)D(⋅,y) over that set. §2 chooses DDD from the objective fff itself, D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y)D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-(g(y),x-y)D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y) with ggg the gradient of fff; this function is now called the Bregman divergence. Theorem 3 of the paper, the target of this mission, shows that with this choice the relaxation does more than find a feasible point: started at a suitable point, its limit minimizes fff over the feasible set. The resulting row-action methods underlie later work on entropy optimization and matrix balancing (Censor and Zenios, Parallel Optimization, 1997) and the Bregman-projection techniques of modern optimization.

Setting

Work in the Euclidean space EpE^pEp with inner product (⋅,⋅)(\cdot,\cdot)(⋅,⋅). Let S⊂EpS\subset E^pS⊂Ep be a convex set with closure Sˉ\bar SSˉ and interior int⁡S\operatorname{int}SintS. Let fff be strictly convex and continuously differentiable over SSS, with gradient g(x)g(x)g(x) at x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, and continuous over Sˉ\bar SSˉ. Let AAA be an m×pm\times pm×p matrix with nonzero rows A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ and b∈Emb\in E^mb∈Em. The problem (2.1)–(2.3) is

minimize f(x)subject toAx=b, x∈Sˉ,\text{minimize } f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax=b,\ x\in\bar S,minimize f(x)subject toAx=b, x∈Sˉ,

with feasible set R={x∈Ep∣Ax=b, x∈Sˉ}R=\{x\in E^p\mid Ax=b,\ x\in\bar S\}R={x∈Ep∣Ax=b, x∈Sˉ}, assumed nonempty. A point of RRR minimizing fff over RRR is a solution.

The function (1.4) is

D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y),D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-\bigl(g(y),x-y\bigr),D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y),

and AiA_iAi​ also denotes the hyperplane {x∣(Ai,x)=bi}\{x\mid (A_i,x)=b_i\}{x∣(Ai​,x)=bi​}. The paper assumes that DDD satisfies its conditions I–VI of §1 with respect to these hyperplanes; among them, condition II provides, for every y∈Sy\in Sy∈S, a DDD-projection Piy∈Ai∩SP_iy\in A_i\cap SPi​y∈Ai​∩S minimizing D(⋅,y)D(\cdot,y)D(⋅,y) over Ai∩SA_i\cap SAi​∩S. It also assumes condition (2): if yn∈Sy^n\in Syn∈S and yn→y∗∈Sˉy^n\to y^*\in\bar Syn→y∗∈Sˉ, then D(y∗,yn)→0D(y^*,y^n)\to 0D(y∗,yn)→0.

A relaxation sequence with control (in)n≥0(i_n)_{n\ge0}(in​)n≥0​ starts at x0∈Sx^0\in Sx0∈S and sets xn+1=Pinxnx^{n+1}=P_{i_n}x^nxn+1=Pin​​xn. The control is any sequence of row indices. Finally,

Z={x∈S∣g(x)=uA=∑iuiAi for some u∈Em}Z=\{x\in S\mid g(x)=uA=\textstyle\sum_i u_iA_i\ \text{for some } u\in E^m\}Z={x∈S∣g(x)=uA=∑i​ui​Ai​ for some u∈Em}

is the set of points of SSS at which the gradient lies in the row space of AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Assume that the DDD-projection of every point of int⁡S\operatorname{int}SintS onto every AiA_iAi​ lies in int⁡S\operatorname{int}SintS. For every control and every relaxation sequence with x0∈Z∩int⁡Sx^0\in Z\cap\operatorname{int}Sx0∈Z∩intS that converges to a point x∗∈Rx^*\in Rx∗∈R,

f(x∗)≤f(y)for every y∈R.f(x^*)\le f(y)\qquad\text{for every } y\in R .f(x∗)≤f(y)for every y∈R.

Convergence of the sequence is a hypothesis; the theorem says what the limit is, whichever control produced it.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3. If y∗∈R∩Zˉy^*\in R\cap\bar Zy∗∈R∩Zˉ, then y∗y^*y∗ is a solution of (2.1)–(2.3).
  2. (2.7)–(2.8). For x∈int⁡Sx\in\operatorname{int}Sx∈intS there is λ∈R\lambda\in\mathbb Rλ∈R with g(Pix)=g(x)+λAig(P_ix)=g(x)+\lambda A_ig(Pi​x)=g(x)+λAi​ and (Ai,Pix)=bi(A_i,P_ix)=b_i(Ai​,Pi​x)=bi​.
  3. Invariance of ZZZ. PiP_iPi​ maps Z∩int⁡SZ\cap\operatorname{int}SZ∩intS into Z∩int⁡SZ\cap\operatorname{int}SZ∩intS.

An additional item states Note 2: the point and the multiplier in (2.7)–(2.8) are unique.

Significance

Theorem 3 converts a feasibility algorithm into an optimization algorithm for equality-constrained convex programs. Each step solves a one-dimensional problem (the multiplier λ\lambdaλ of a single equation), so the method scales to systems with very many equations, and with the controls of Theorems 1–2 of the same paper it gives a complete algorithm. Specializations include iterative proportional fitting for entropy objectives and Kaczmarz-type projections for f(x)=12∥x∥2f(x)=\tfrac12\|x\|^2f(x)=21​∥x∥2.

The theorem and its proof are classical and have been reproved many times, but no machine-checked proof is known to exist. A formalization produces a verified bridge between three standard pieces of convex analysis: first-order optimality on an affine set, the supporting-hyperplane inequality for a differentiable convex function extended to the closure of its domain, and the passage of a Lagrange condition to a limit. Each is reusable in other row-action and mirror-descent developments.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: the limit is feasible, and the gradient at every iterate lies in the row space of AAA, so the limit satisfies the Karush–Kuhn–Tucker conditions. Two steps of this argument fail as stated. First, the gradient is only known on SSS, the limit may lie on the boundary of SSS (or outside SSS, in Sˉ\bar SSˉ), and ggg need not extend continuously there, so the multipliers unu^nun need not converge and no Lagrange condition holds at the limit. Lemma 3 must therefore reach optimality without a gradient at y∗y^*y∗. Second, the Lagrange condition (2.7) at an iterate requires the projection to be an interior minimizer, which is why the theorem carries the hypothesis that PiP_iPi​ preserves int⁡S\operatorname{int}SintS; on the boundary of SSS a minimizer over Ai∩SA_i\cap SAi​∩S need not satisfy (2.7).

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), rows are vectors a i, and (Ai,x)(A_i,x)(Ai​,x) is the real inner product. The gradient ggg is explicit data tied to fff by HasGradientWithinAt f (g x) S x for x∈Sx\in Sx∈S and continuous on SSS; SSS is not assumed open, and Mathlib's gradient is not used. The relevant explicit choices are:

  • The DDD-projection is a fixed map PPP; condition II says PiyP_iyPi​y minimizes D(⋅,y)D(\cdot,y)D(⋅,y) over Ai∩SA_i\cap SAi​∩S, and condition III is stated for that map.
  • Condition IV is assumed in its one-sided directional form (implied by the paper's), so theorems under it are at least as strong as the paper's.
  • "Compact" in conditions V and VI is sequential compactness. Condition V is assumed for the points of R∩SR\cap SR∩S.
  • Condition (2) is assumed for limits y∗∈Sˉy^*\in\bar Sy∗∈Sˉ; the page prints y∗∈Sy^*\in Sy∗∈S, but its use at a feasible point needs Sˉ\bar SSˉ.
  • Translation slips are corrected in the statements and recorded: condition II's "D(z,x)D(z,x)D(z,x)" and "i∈Ti\in Ti∈T", (2.7)'s "g(xn−1)g(x^{n-1})g(xn−1)" (read g(xn+1)g(x^{n+1})g(xn+1)), and "Theorems 1 − 3" (read Theorems 1–2).
  • The control is an arbitrary sequence of indices in {0,…,m−1}\{0,\dots,m-1\}{0,…,m−1}; λ is named lam.
  • Note 2 is stated for candidate points y,z∈Sy,z\in Sy,z∈S, where ggg is meaningful.

The goal does not conclude that the relaxation converges; a statement asserting convergence is a different, unproved theorem. Equally, it must not be weakened to a fixed control, to an open SSS, or to a limit assumed to lie in ZZZ: any of these would trivialize the passage to the limit that the theorem is about.

A complete development needs the first-order condition for a local minimum on an affine hyperplane, the gradient inequality f(x)≥f(y)+(g(y),x−y)f(x)\ge f(y)+(g(y),x-y)f(x)≥f(y)+(g(y),x−y) for x∈Sˉx\in\bar Sx∈Sˉ, y∈Sy\in Sy∈S, and an induction along the relaxation sequence. Proofs of the milestones and of Note 2 are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • L. M. Bregman, The relaxation method of finding the common point of convex sets and its application to the solution of problems in convex programming, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 7(3) (1967) 200–217. doi:10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7
  • Y. Censor, S. A. Zenios, Parallel Optimization: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications, Oxford University Press, 1997. doi:10.1093/oso/9780195100624.001.0001
  • Y. Censor, A. Lent, An iterative row-action method for interval convex programming, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 34 (1981) 321–353. doi:10.1007/BF00934676
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers II: Asymptotically Optimal Staffing in the Efficiency-Driven RegimeResearch Paper

Why staffing large call centers is a mathematical question

A call center must choose enough servers to limit waiting while paying for every server it staffs. When arrivals are heavy, small changes in the number of servers can change the probability of delay substantially. Borst, Mandelbaum, and Reiman study how to make this choice when the arrival rate grows and the costs of staffing and waiting need not grow at the same rate. Their CWI report treats several regimes within one queueing model. This mission concerns the efficiency-driven regime, where the incremental staffing cost eventually dominates the conditional waiting cost at every fixed positive square-root staffing offset. The resulting rule chooses an offset by optimizing a simpler cost that treats the probability of waiting as one.

The result is useful when the staffing-cost and waiting-cost primitives change with system scale. It says that the simplified choice still attains the optimal total cost asymptotically, even though the actual staffing decision is an integer and the simplified problem uses a real variable. The report states this as Theorem 6.1 on printed page 19, with its interpretation of asymptotic optimality supplied by Corollary 3.3 on printed page 14.

The Erlang-C cost model

Customers arrive at rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and receive exponential service at rate μ>0\mu>0μ>0 per server. The service rate μ\muμ is fixed as λ\lambdaλ grows. For an integer number of servers N>λ/μN>\lambda/\muN>λ/μ, the Erlang-C delay probability π(N,λ/μ)\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)π(N,λ/μ) is the explicit finite-sum expression in Section 2 of the report. A customer who waits has an exponential waiting time with rate Nμ−λN\mu-\lambdaNμ−λ. Let Dλ(t)D_\lambda(t)Dλ​(t) be the cost of a wait of length ttt. It is strictly increasing on t≥0t\ge0t≥0, satisfies Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0)=0Dλ​(0)=0, and has finite exponential expectation at every positive rate. The resulting conditional waiting cost is

G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t)e−(Nμ−λ)t dt.G(N,\lambda)=(N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dt.G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt.

The staffing cost F(N)F(N)F(N) is one fixed, convex, strictly increasing function of the server count. Its continuous extension is evaluated at real N>0N>0N>0. Total cost per unit of time at a stable integer level is

C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).C(N,\lambda)=F(N)+\lambda\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)G(N,\lambda).C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ).

Write Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ for any minimizing stable integer level. Ties are permitted. For a positive real offset xxx, define Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x)=\lambda/\mu+x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​, Fλ(x)=F(Nλ(x))−F(λ/μ)F_\lambda(x)=F(N_\lambda(x))-F(\lambda/\mu)Fλ​(x)=F(Nλ​(x))−F(λ/μ), and Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x)=\lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ). The report extends Erlang-C continuously to πλ(x)\pi_\lambda(x)πλ​(x) and writes the incremental continuous objective as Cλ(x)=Fλ(x)+πλ(x)Gλ(x)C_\lambda(x)=F_\lambda(x)+\pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Cλ​(x)=Fλ​(x)+πλ​(x)Gλ​(x). These definitions and the integer-extension identity are from Section 3, printed pages 11–12.

Formalization targets

The report defines the efficiency-driven regime by

for every κ>0,lim⁡λ→∞Fλ(κ)Gλ(κ)=+∞.\text{for every }\kappa>0,\qquad \lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{F_\lambda(\kappa)}{G_\lambda(\kappa)}=+\infty.for every κ>0,λ→∞lim​Gλ​(κ)Fλ​(κ)​=+∞.

For each λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, choose yλ∗>0y^*_\lambda>0yλ∗​>0 to minimize Fλ(y)+Gλ(y)F_\lambda(y)+G_\lambda(y)Fλ​(y)+Gλ​(y) over y>0y>0y>0. Let Sλ(y)S_\lambda(y)Sλ​(y) be the smaller cost of the stable integer levels immediately below and above Nλ(y)N_\lambda(y)Nλ​(y); if the lower one is unstable, use the upper one. The goal, Theorem 6.1 together with Corollary 3.3, is

lim⁡λ→∞Sλ(yλ∗)−F(λ/μ)C(Nλ∗,λ)−F(λ/μ)=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty} \frac{S_\lambda(y^*_\lambda)-F(\lambda/\mu)} {C(N^*_\lambda,\lambda)-F(\lambda/\mu)}=1.λ→∞lim​C(Nλ∗​,λ)−F(λ/μ)Sλ​(yλ∗​)−F(λ/μ)​=1.

The milestone path includes the convexity of the conditional waiting cost (Lemma C.1), the agreement of the continuous Erlang-C extension with its integer formula, the two approximation lemmas and their corollary (Lemmas 3.1–3.2 and Corollary 3.3), the convex staffing-cost comparison of equation (13), and all three clauses of the Halfin–Whitt limit in Lemma 4.1. This ordering follows the objects each later statement uses.

What the result gives

The theorem certifies a staffing rule defined by a one-variable surrogate rather than the exact Erlang-C probability in the objective. Its guarantee concerns the incremental total cost above the unavoidable baseline F(λ/μ)F(\lambda/\mu)F(λ/μ), which is the economically relevant quantity when comparing two near-minimal stable staffing levels. The ratio tends to one, so the theorem is stronger than a claim that the two costs merely have the same growth order. The source also presents other regimes with different surrogates; their conclusions are separate targets in this series.

The paper proves the mathematical theorem. This mission asks for a Lean proof of its closed-form model and the surrounding lemmas. The complete development would make the report's approximation framework reusable for later results that combine a continuous queueing approximation, a surrogate minimizer, and integer rounding. It would also expose the exact assumptions needed to pass between real and integer staffing levels. No machine-checked proof of this report's Theorem 6.1 is claimed here.

Where the difficulty lies

The simple objective replaces the delay probability πλ(y)\pi_\lambda(y)πλ​(y) by one. That replacement is accurate near zero offset, but the minimizing offset itself changes with λ\lambdaλ. Pointwise asymptotics at a fixed positive offset do not directly control the value of an objective at its moving minimizer. The proof therefore has to relate the regime assumption to the location of the relevant minimizers before using the Halfin–Whitt limit. Integer rounding introduces another boundary issue: when Nλ(y)N_\lambda(y)Nλ​(y) is just above λ/μ\lambda/\muλ/μ, its floor need not be stable, so evaluating the ordinary Erlang-C formula there would compare the target against a meaningless cost. These difficulties are visible already in the statements of Theorem 6.1 and Lemma 3.2.

Formalization scope and conventions

Lean represents λ\lambdaλ, μ\muμ, offsets, and costs as real numbers; arrival-rate limits use the real filter at +∞+\infty+∞. Staffing counts are natural numbers. The service rate is positive and fixed. A WaitModel packages strict increase and normalization of DλD_\lambdaDλ​ on nonnegative waits together with integrability against every positive exponential rate. This integrability expresses the report's finiteness assumption for GGG and prevents a nonintegrable real integral from silently evaluating to zero. The hypotheses on FFF are convexity and strict increase on positive real staffing levels; FFF does not depend on λ\lambdaλ.

The report asserts that G(N,λ)G(N,\lambda)G(N,λ) diverges as NNN decreases to λ/μ\lambda/\muλ/μ, although the stated assumptions permit bounded increasing waiting penalties for which that assertion fails. The goal therefore includes this explicit divergence hypothesis, which also supports existence of the continuous minimizer used in the report's argument. The integer optimum and the surrogate optimum are functions constrained to be minimizers at every positive arrival rate. They cannot be arbitrary choices that make the conclusion vacuous. The continuous optimum appears only in the framework milestones; it is not a hypothesis of Theorem 6.1.

All formulas are total Lean functions. Their values at λ≤0\lambda\le0λ≤0, unstable integer counts, nonpositive offsets, or invalid parameters to the continuous Erlang-C integral have no queueing interpretation. Every theorem using them constrains its relevant inputs. The definition of SλS_\lambdaSλ​ ignores an unstable floor and uses the stable ceiling. At a positive offset and arrival rate this ceiling is above offered load. The Gaussian density, its cumulative integral, the hazard rate, and the delay function use the explicit formulas of Section 4; the value of the delay function at zero is the continuous extension needed by Lemma 4.1.

The queue's stochastic construction is outside this mission. The formal objects are the report's cost formulas and asymptotic comparisons, not a continuous-time Markov chain. Useful contributions include proofs of the special-function limit, convexity of conditional waiting cost, the integer-extension identity, and the reusable approximation lemmas. The regime condition is the full limit in equation (23); weakening it to an unrelated boundedness condition would change the theorem.

Selected references

  • Sem Borst, Avi Mandelbaum, and Martin I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000. Report PDF. Theorem 6.1, printed p. 19; Corollary 3.3, printed p. 14; Lemma 4.1, printed p. 15; Lemma C.1, printed p. 40.
22 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Sequencing of a Single Machine Subject to Precedence Constraints: Repeatedly Placing Last a Least-Cost Eligible Job Yields a Minmax Optimal SequenceResearch Paper

Motivation

Single-machine sequencing is the base case of deterministic scheduling theory. Many multi-machine and shop problems are analysed by reduction to it, and many bounds and approximation algorithms for harder models use it as a subroutine. A central objective class is the bottleneck or minmax objective. Each job carries a nondecreasing cost of its completion time, and the schedule is judged by its worst job. Maximum lateness, maximum tardiness and maximum weighted tardiness are all special cases.

Before 1973 the minmax problem was solved without precedence constraints. Jackson (1955) showed that ordering by due date minimizes maximum lateness. Moore (1968, Management Science 15(1)) gave a procedure for general nondecreasing deferral costs, and Lawler and Moore (1969) gave a related method. In Lawler, Optimal Sequencing of a Single Machine Subject to Precedence Constraints, Management Science 19(5), 1973, Lawler showed that arbitrary precedence constraints can be added at no loss of efficiency. Jobs are chosen from last to first, by a single comparison of costs at a known time. The resulting O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) procedure is the standard algorithm for the problem written 1 ∣ prec ∣ fmax⁡1\,|\,\mathrm{prec}\,|\,f_{\max}1∣prec∣fmax​ in the classification of Graham, Lawler, Lenstra and Rinnooy Kan (1979). It is one of the first polynomial-time results for precedence-constrained scheduling that every survey of the field cites.

Setting

A finite, nonempty set JJJ of jobs is processed on a single machine, one job at a time and without interruption. Each job jjj has a processing time aj≥0a_j \ge 0aj​≥0 and a cost function cj:R→Rc_j : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}cj​:R→R that is monotone nondecreasing. The value cj(t)c_j(t)cj​(t) is the cost incurred when jjj is completed at time ttt.

The precedence constraints are an arbitrary relation ≺\prec≺ on jobs: i≺ji \prec ji≺j means that job iii is required to precede job jjj. A sequence π=(π1,…,πn)\pi = (\pi_1, \dots, \pi_n)π=(π1​,…,πn​) lists every job of JJJ once. It observes the precedence constraints if πq≺πp\pi_q \prec \pi_pπq​≺πp​ never holds for positions p<qp < qp<q. The machine starts at time 000 with no idle time, so the completion time of πm\pi_mπm​ is Cπm(π)=aπ1+⋯+aπmC_{\pi_m}(\pi) = a_{\pi_1} + \dots + a_{\pi_m}Cπm​​(π)=aπ1​​+⋯+aπm​​. The maximum incurred cost of π\piπ is

fmax⁡(π)=max⁡j∈Jcj(Cj(π)),f_{\max}(\pi) = \max_{j \in J} c_j\bigl(C_j(\pi)\bigr),fmax​(π)=j∈Jmax​cj​(Cj​(π)),

and a feasible π\piπ is minmax optimal if fmax⁡(π)≤fmax⁡(π′)f_{\max}(\pi) \le f_{\max}(\pi')fmax​(π)≤fmax​(π′) for every feasible π′\pi'π′.

For a set PPP of jobs, S(P)S(P)S(P) is the set of jobs of PPP that are not required to precede any other job of PPP, and TP=∑j∈PajT_P = \sum_{j \in P} a_jTP​=∑j∈P​aj​. Lawler's rule builds a sequence from the last position to the first. With PPP the jobs not yet placed, it chooses k∈S(P)k \in S(P)k∈S(P) with ck(TP)=min⁡j∈S(P)cj(TP)c_k(T_P) = \min_{j \in S(P)} c_j(T_P)ck​(TP​)=minj∈S(P)​cj​(TP​), places kkk in the latest open position and removes it from PPP. Ties are broken arbitrarily. In Lean the objects are IsFeasible, lastEligible (SSS), IsMinmaxOptimal and IsLawlerSequence, in namespace LawlerPrec.MinMax. They are built on the published MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime and MooreLateJobs.MaxDeferral.maxCost.

Formalization targets

Goal: the rule is optimal

Every sequence π\piπ that Lawler's rule can produce, under any tie-breaking, observes the precedence constraints and satisfies

fmax⁡(π)  ≤  fmax⁡(π′)for every sequence π′ of J observing the precedence constraints.f_{\max}(\pi) \;\le\; f_{\max}(\pi') \qquad \text{for every sequence } \pi' \text{ of } J \text{ observing the precedence constraints.}fmax​(π)≤fmax​(π′)for every sequence π′ of J observing the precedence constraints.

This is the statement of §3 (p. 545), "An efficient algorithm for finding a minmax optimal sequence follows immediately from the theorem above". It contains no constants.

Milestones

  1. §2 proof, third paragraph. Moving a job of S(J)S(J)S(J) to the end of a feasible sequence keeps it feasible.
  2. §2 proof, fourth paragraph, first sentence. After that move, no job other than kkk completes later, and kkk completes at T=∑j∈JajT = \sum_{j \in J} a_jT=∑j∈J​aj​.
  3. §2 proof, fourth paragraph. If ck(T)≤ck′(T)c_k(T) \le c_{k'}(T)ck​(T)≤ck′​(T), where k′k'k′ is the last job of the feasible sequence, the move does not raise fmax⁡f_{\max}fmax​.
  4. THEOREM (§2), p. 544. If some feasible sequence exists and k∈S(J)k \in S(J)k∈S(J) minimizes cj(T)c_j(T)cj​(T) over S(J)S(J)S(J), then some minmax optimal sequence has kkk last.
  5. §3, the reduction. A minmax optimal sequence of J∖{k}J \setminus \{k\}J∖{k}, followed by kkk, is minmax optimal for JJJ.
  6. §3, the procedure never stalls. If a feasible sequence exists, the rule produces a complete sequence. This shows the goal is not vacuous.

Significance

The result shows that 1 ∣ prec ∣ fmax⁡1\,|\,\mathrm{prec}\,|\,f_{\max}1∣prec∣fmax​ is solvable in polynomial time for every family of nondecreasing costs. The ordering of an optimal sequence depends on the costs only through their values at the nnn partial sums TPT_PTP​ along the way. The deadline problem is a corollary (§5): sequencing from last to first by latest deadline among the currently available jobs avoids tardiness whenever any sequence does. The last-to-first scheme is reused in later backward rules for fmax⁡f_{\max}fmax​ objectives. A formal statement of the rule, its feasibility and its optimality makes these extensions available for formal reuse.

The result is classical and its proof is short. No machine-checked proof of it is known to be in Mathlib. The work this mission asks for is a formal proof of the known exchange argument and of the induction that turns the Theorem into the algorithm's correctness. The induction needs the reduced problem's sets S(P)S(P)S(P) and times TPT_PTP​ to be the correct ones at each stage, which the definitions fix.

Difficulty

The exchange argument of §2 is elementary. The difficulty lies in stating the algorithm faithfully and carrying the induction. At each stage the eligible set S(P)S(P)S(P) and the time TPT_PTP​ must be recomputed on the remaining jobs, with constraints into already placed jobs ignored. The induction must also show that the rule's sequence is feasible, which is a conclusion and not an assumption.

A first attempt often proves only the Theorem, that some optimal sequence has kkk last. That statement says nothing about a sequence built entirely by the rule, because an optimal sequence of JJJ with kkk last need not restrict to an optimal sequence of J∖{k}J \setminus \{k\}J∖{k}. Optimality of the rule's whole sequence is the target, and milestone 5 isolates the corresponding step of the page.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs form a type ι with decidable equality, and the job set is J : Finset ι.
  • Processing times are a : ι → ℝ, costs are c : ι → ℝ → ℝ, and the precedence constraints are prec : ι → ι → Prop.
  • A sequence is a duplicate-free list whose elements are exactly J. Positions are 0-based, and completion times are prefix sums (MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionAt).
  • The relation prec is arbitrary: it is not assumed transitive, irreflexive or acyclic. A cycle among distinct jobs leaves no feasible sequence. A self-loop constrains nothing, both in feasibility and in SSS (the "others" of the page exclude the job itself).

The standing assumptions of §1 appear as hypotheses wherever they are used: monotone nondecreasing cjc_jcj​ for j∈Jj \in Jj∈J, and JJJ nonempty where the maximum is taken. Two hypotheses are added relative to the page and disclosed in each statement. Processing times are non-negative (aj≥0a_j \ge 0aj​≥0), since they are durations and the exchange argument fails without them. The Theorem also assumes the existence of a feasible sequence, which its conclusion presupposes.

The rule is the property IsLawlerSequence of a finished sequence. At each position mmm, the job there lies in SSS of the jobs in positions 0..m0..m0..m and minimizes the cost at their total processing time. Every tie-break is covered. The rule is not a deterministic function, and it is not an arbitrary choice function. Feasibility of the rule's output is part of the goal's conclusion, so the goal cannot be obtained by assuming it. A statement that compares the rule only with some sequence, or that asserts only that an optimal sequence exists, is weaker and is ruled out by the goal's form. Milestone 6 shows the goal's hypotheses are satisfiable whenever a feasible sequence exists.

The n2n^2n2 operation count of §4, the first-to-last rule of §5 and the deadline corollaries of §5 are not part of this mission. A development needs only finite lists and finsets from Mathlib. Lemmas about moving an element to the end of a duplicate-free list, and about prefix sums under that move, are reusable for other exchange arguments in single-machine scheduling.

Selected references

  • E. L. Lawler, Optimal Sequencing of a Single Machine Subject to Precedence Constraints, Management Science 19(5):544–546, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.19.5.544
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1):102–109, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • E. L. Lawler and J. M. Moore, A Functional Equation and its Application to Resource Allocation and Sequencing Problems, Management Science 16(1):77–84, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.16.1.77
  • J. R. Jackson, Scheduling a Production Line to Minimize Maximum Tardiness, Research Report 43, Management Science Research Project, UCLA, 1955.
  • R. L. Graham, E. L. Lawler, J. K. Lenstra and A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, Optimization and Approximation in Deterministic Sequencing and Scheduling: a Survey, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 5:287–326, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-5060(08)70356-X
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 28 of 37Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me